Dokument wird geladen
WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF ORGATEX. “Solutions for processes that become visible, understandable and simpler – from the very first step right through to the digital flow of materials.” SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
Dear customers and partners of ORGATEX®, What you are holding in your hands is more than just a product catalogue. It is an overview of solutions that help businesses every day to make their processes simpler, more transparent and more efficient. For over 50 years, ORGATEX has been an expert in visual management, material flow, safety and digital intralogi- stics. As a German manufacturer, we combine practical solutions with short supply chains, rapid availability and personalised service. Our philosophy has always remained the same: solutions must work in everyday use. They must be easy to understand, robust and help people do their jobs better. In this issue, you’ll find tried-and-tested classics, further developed product solutions and new technolo- gies from the world of ORGATEX. From durable floor markings and smart labelling systems to digital OX products, we demonstrate how lean proces- ses can be implemented more easily today. For us, it’s not about complexity, but about clarity. Not just about products, but about applications that suit your business. After all, every warehouse, every production facility and every material flow is different. We hope you enjoy exploring our new catalogue. And if you’re looking for a solution that isn’t off the shelf, please do get in touch. Warm regards Your ORGATEX® Team 3
VISUAL MANAGEMENT CONTAINER LABELLING | 20 Clear labelling and reliable identification Visual pockets, document holders, pallet clamp, sleeve for integrated card pockets SHELF LABELLING | 60 For greater clarity and quick orientation Label holders (transparent), label holders (coloured), magnetic labels/strips (coloured), individual shelf labelling FLOOR MARKING | 92 Creating clear pathways and areas of safety Floor marking tape, symbols/blanks, floor windows/transparent, set of parking space markings, floor markings, heavy-duty, modules, cold performance, Accessories INSERTION SYSTEMS | 148 Change labelling flexibly and easily KANBAN starter sets, systembox, cardplan, KANBAN letterbox, Primus view box, work document sleeve HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS | 180 Communicate information clearly and visibly Hanging signs, hanging signs accessories, 5S Suspension, aluminium snap frames, block storage signs, shelf and aisle signs, ceiling cubes VISUAL BOARDS | 204 Visualise processes transparently and clearly Printed boards, wall boards, stand-alone boards, cubes, stop-sign, visual boards, accessories DOCUMENT HOLDER | 230 Keep documents protected and within easy reach Magnetic windows, Multi Windows, Clipboard, FLIP-MAG ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE | 240 Reliably protect sensitive areas Visual pockets, document holders, inserting systems, floor marking, LongLife floor marking tape „ESD“, ESD dollies MATERIAL TRANSPORT | 262 Move materials efficiently and safety Dollies, shelfwagon, taxiwagon, adapter pallet MATERIAL SUPPLY | 288 Delivering materials exactly where they are needed Supermarkets/FIFo-Stations, parking slots, KLT lifts, individual foam inserts, cleaning station OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY | 318 Making safety visible and reducing risks Anti-slip tape, stair nosing profiles, photoluminescent markings, safety and information signs, floor markings, zebra crossings, warning markings, warning and protective profiles MATERIAL FLOW SAFETY DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS THE OX-SERIES | 368 Intelligent and digital control of material flows OX-Label, OX-Button, OX-Sensor, ORGATEX Cloud, OX-Spot-Control, OXSpot, OX-Spot-Motive, OX-Laser, OX-Monomover SERVICES OUR RANGE OF SERVICES | 390 Expert support from planning through to implementation On-site installations, on-site product advice 5
WHAT DRIVES US WE BRING LEAN INTO YOUR DAILY WORK. Efficiency and safety do not come from more complicated processes, but from clarity in day-to-day operations. This is exactly where we come in. ORGATEX develops solutions that make standards visible, simplify workflows and support people in implementing processes safely and consistently. In this way, Lean is not just planned, but put into practice in everyday working life. 6 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
01 WE’RE THERE WHEREVER YOU NEED US. Whether it’s via the online shop, our sales team, by phone or by email: you decide how you’d like to work with us. We’re there for you wherever you need us – in person, hassle-free and reliable. 02 WE ARE ORGATEX, SO THAT EVERYONE CAN BE EFFICIENT. We believe that efficiency shouldn’t be complicated. Good processes must be easy to understand – for everyone who works with them every day. 03 EVERY COMPANY HAS ITS OWN WAY. That’s why we don’t offer one-size-fits-all solutions. We combine experience, standards and individual advice, so that our products make a difference where they’re needed: directly in day-to-day working life. 04 IF IT ISN’T UNDERSTOOD, IT WON’T BE PUT INTO PRACTICE. Whether it’s marking, labelling, transport solutions or digital application* – ORGATEX makes processes visible and thus easier to implement. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 7
VISUAL LEAN MANAGEMENT EVERYTHING IMPORTANT AT A GLANCE. Clear standards Less time spent searching Faster decisions Visual Lean Management brings information exactly where it is needed: to containers, shelves, pathways, storage locations and workstations. This makes it immediately clear what belongs where, what the current status is and what the next step is. This reduces the need for clarification, prevents errors and makes processes easier for everyone to understand. 8 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
Everything important at a glance – right where the application is needed. This reduces search times, prevents misunderstan- dings and makes it easier to adhere to standards. At the same time, deviations become apparent more quickly, enabling teams to react sooner. ORGATEX supports companies in implementing visual solutions that fit their processes, are easy to understand and work effectively in day-to-day operations. VISUAL LEAN MANAGEMENT brings clarity to complex processes. Information, standards and statuses are visible where they are needed on a daily basis: at the workstation, on the shelf, on the container, on the floor or directly within the material flow. Processes can be clearly structured using floor markings, container and shelving labels, visual boards, KANBAN solutions and other visual tools. Staff can more quickly identify which materials are available, where storage locations are situated, which routes need to be kept clear, or which process step comes next. »What is visible does not need to be searched for.« 9
EFFICIENT MATERIAL FLOW MATERIAL FLOW THAT DRIVES PROCESSES. Short distances Clear stock levels Less waste Dollies, transport trolleys, FIFO stations, parking slots and work- place systems bring movement to your intralogistics. They create clear routes, defined storage locations and improved Supply directly at the workstation. This takes the strain off teams, reduces unnecessary stock and makes material flows easier to plan. 10 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
For materials to be in the right place at the right time. Smooth processes require a material flow that works reliably. This makes stock levels clearer, processes more predictable and noticeably reduces the workload for staff in day-to-day operations. Materials must not only be available but also reach the point of use without detours, searching or interruptions. ORGATEX offers solutions that enable the clear organisation and more efficient management of internal material flows. Dollies, transport trolleys, FIFO stations, storage bays and workplace systems create designated storage spaces, transparent routes and improved supply directly at the workstation. At the same time, visual labelling and robust transport systems help to manage material flows to maintain permanent stability. Whether in the warehouse, Production or assembly: ORGATEX helps companies to manage material flow in a targeted manner and reduce unnecessary effort in the process. »Good material flow begins where search times end.« 11
GREEN MEETS LEAN LEAN. DURABLE. SUSTAINABLE. Less waste Less paper Longer service life Sustainability and efficiency go hand in hand. After all, reducing waste, using resources more consciously and opting for long-lasting solutions not only improves processes but also reduces the environmental footprint. With Green Meets Lean, we combine tried-and-tested lean principles with products that prioritise reusability, durability and materials that conserve resources. 12 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
Sustainable materials for long-lasting labelling solutions. S u s t a i n a b i l i t y b e g i n s w h e re resources are used efficiently. That is precisely why Lean and sustaina- bility go hand in hand for ORGATEX. After all, every error avoided, every search time reduced, every paper change saved and every durable solution helps to reduce waste in the process. These include more sustainable product variants such as Longlife Floor Marking Tape ECO, as well as digital OX products, which can reduce paper- based processes. In this way, we help companies make their processes more future-proof, more resource-efficient and, at the same time, simpler. LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ECO Durable labelling using more resource-efficient materials. Robust floor markings, reusable labelling solutions, visual pockets and digital labels help to extend the life of materials, make it easier to update infor- mation and avoid unnecessary consumption. OX-LABEL Digital labelling instead of changing paper labels – updatable, legible and efficient. »Lean becomes sustainable where solutions last longer.« 13
SAFETY SAFETY, THAT YOU CAN IM- MEDIATELY RECOGNISE. Protecting people Reducing risks Preventing downtime Safety must be immediately understandable in day-to-day operations. After all, risks arise wherever routes, hazard zones or rules of conduct are not clearly identifiable. ORGATEX offers solutions that make safety visible – robust, unambiguous and designed for everyday use. 14 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
For clear guidance in busy work areas. Safety must be visible where decisions are made in a matter of seconds. In warehouses, Production facilities and logistics centres, people, machines, materials and movement come into contact with one another every day. Anti-slip tapes, safety markings, warning and protec- tive profiles, mandatory and information signs, as well as luminescent tapes, make hazard areas, walk- ways, restricted areas and rules of conduct clearly visible. Clear labelling helps identify risks early and makes work areas safer. This enables staff to find their bearings more quickly, assess potential hazards more effectively and comply with guidelines more safely. ORGATEX supports businesses with solutions that provide guidance and make safety standards easier to apply in day-to-day operations. At the same time, operations become more stable because interruptions, accidents and avoidable downtime can be reduced. In this way, SAFETY becomes a visible component of efficient processes. »Safety begins the moment everyone recognises it.« 15
NEW PRODUCTS ESD FLOOR MARKING OUTDOOR VISUAL POCKET CLEARLY MARKED. ESD-PROTECTED. With ESD protection in both the Glue and the surface, this fl oor marking tape helps protect against electrostatic discharges. It clearly demarcates sensitive production areas and is durable as well as removable without leaving any residue. WELL PROTECTED. CLEARLY LABELLED. The visual pocket reliably protects documents from moisture and dirt. For clear labelling even in adverse conditions. The zip fastening allows for quick document replacement. WORLD FIRST VECTOR™ FLOOR MARKING TAPE LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW HEAVY DUTY DESIGNED FOR FORKLIFT MANOEUVRES. Vector™ remains visible even in areas where braking, reversing and turning place heavy strain on conventional markings. FLOOR WINDOW FOR HEAVY-DUTY USE. Reinforced with metal and secured with screws, it protects bay markings even in high-traffi c areas. 16 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
DIGITAL PROCUREMENT E-procurement with ORGATEX. Connect your procurement system directly to ORGATEX and order products quickly, in a standardised manner and without any media breaks. Our solutions can be integrated into leading e-procure- ment platforms and support you in effi cient procurement. FIFO MONORAIL END CAP MADE OF ALUMINIUM GREATER STABILITY AT THE END OF THE RAIL. The aluminium end cap guides dollies precisely, protects the system and enhances operational safety. CLEANING STATION EVERYTHING HAS ITS PLACE. The cleaning station makes missing items immediately visible and helps to keep work areas clean and organised. OCI-/Punchout Faster ordering integration process Up-to-date product data Seamless integration Order directly from your purchasing system. Less eff ort, fewer errors. Prices and availability always up to date. Unite, Onventis, Simple System, SAP Ariba & more. DISCOVER NOW orgatex.com 17
NEW PRODUCTS OX-LABEL OX-BUTTON DIGITAL LABELLING ON THE CONTAINER. Real-time data directly on the load carrier – time- consuming printing processes, label replacement and container searches are a thing of the past. MORE EFFICIENCY. AT THE TOUCH OF A BUTTON. Triggers transport orders, replenishment requests or fault reports – ensuring a material fl ow that never grinds to a halt. OX-SPOT CONTROL OX-LASER OX-SPOT ON. EYES OPEN. Automatically projects warning symbols precisely at the moment of danger – for noticeably greater awareness where paths cross. CLEAR LINES FOR GREATER SAFETY. The OX-LASER projects highly visible lines onto the ground and marks hazard zones, safety distances or traffi c routes fl exibly and precisely. 18 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
MORE THAN JUST PRODUCTS Discover the world of ORGATEX. In our shop, you’ll fi nd more than just innovative solutions for lean management and intralogistics. Benefi t from practical blog posts, expert knowledge, services and the latest e-catalogue. Be inspired and fi nd the right solution for your processes. OX-SENSOR AUTOMATIC STORAGE LOCATION DETECTION. The sensor detects conditions in real time and provi- des transparency in warehouse and production areas. ORGATEX CLOUD THE SMART PLATFORM FOR YOUR INTRALOGISTICS Digitise your intralogistics yourself with ease and reap the benefi ts straight away – without an IT project, step by step. Blog E-catalogue Services Advice Practical knowledge and advice from experts. All products – discover them digitally. Comprehensive support. Personal. Expert. Individual. DISCOVER NOW orgatex.com 19
CONTAINER LABELLING CON TAIN ER LABEL LING A fundamental prerequisite for effi cient operational processes: the clear and distinct labelling of all containers. Whether they are Euroboxes, plastic crates, mesh boxes, KLTs, GLTs or other types of containers: ORGATEX® always off ers the right solution. 20 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Visual pockets ................................................................................24 For attaching .............................................................................................24 Mounting options ..................................................................................26 Self-adhesive.............................................................................................30 Magnetic .......................................................................................................34 Super magnetic ......................................................................................38 Outdoor ........................................................................................................ 40 Document holders ....................................................................42 KANBAN cover, magnetic/self-adhesive ............................44 KANBAN cover for overhanging .................................................45 Document holder KAN-COPA ....................................................46 KANBAN cover MEGA ........................................................................ 47 Label cover, self-adhesive ...............................................................48 Document holder KAN-CLIP .........................................................49 Label holder, self-adhesive .............................................................50 Pallet clamp ........................................................................................51 Pallet clamp/label holder ..................................................................51 Covers for integrated card pockets .................52 KANBAN sleeves KLT-SNAPPER ................................................52 KANBAN sleeves KAN label ............................................................53 KANBAN sleeves KLMU .....................................................................54 KANBAN sleeves KNTA ......................................................................55 Anti-stick label holders ...................................................56 Insertable label holders .....................................................................58 LongLife fabric tape dots ...............................................59 katalog.orgatex.com/ containerlabelling Scan to fi nd out more. There is a wide variety of container shapes and mate- rials: some common containers already feature slots that can be used for labelling, e.g. KLT containers or Euroboxes. For these, we offer customised printing for label holders and card pockets in a wide range of executions. But our solutions also provide a remedy for the numerous container variants without existing slots: if, for example, there are no suitable surfaces for attachment, our high-quality visual pockets designed for hanging are ideal. We also offer a variety of the simplest ways to attach the visual pockets, allowing them to be fixed to almost any surface. If your containers are made of metal, our magnetic pockets or our magnetic document holders are ideal. Containers made of plastic, wood or glass can also be labelled perfectly and securely with our self-adhesive visual pockets. Whichever type of container you use – you’re sure to find the right solution here for conve- nient, efficient and clear labelling. 21
CONTAINER LABELLING INFOGRAPHIC VISUAL POCKETS Hanging hole for various attachment options Slot perforation for all-round brackets KTB3000 Transparent cling film Suitable for all containers For flexible or permanent labelling Wide range of mounting options SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 22
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L For attaching/overhanging Due to the wide range of attachment options and our extensive and unique accessories, there is a labelling option for almost every container. DIN-Formats DIN Design of documents in standardised format Protective flap Prevents soiling of the documents Common 5S colours Ongoing development Magnetic/supermagnetic Our magnetic visual pockets are suitable for labelling pallet cages and metal containers or machines. They adhere to all ferrous surfaces, are non-slip and can be quickly re-positioned. Self-adhesive The strong adhesive ensures a secure hold even on uneven surfaces. No matter whether metal, wood, plastic or glass, the pocket sticks securely even when subjected to strong vibrations. m m 8 0 1 m m 0 7 1/3 DIN 225 mm DIN A7 112 mm m m 1 1 1 DIN A6 156 mm m m 2 5 1 DIN A5 m m 7 1 2 DIN A5 m m 7 1 2 DIN A4 m m 0 5 3 DIN A4 225 mm 153 mm 322 mm 217 mm 23
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS FOR ATTACHING The visual pockets protect important documents and keep them clearly visible at the workplace. Thanks to the trans- parent Soft-PVC film, shift schedules, test reports and work instructions remain clean, legible and protected from dust or dirt. The hanging design ensures that the pockets can be flexibly attached to shelves, boxes or machines, keeping documents available exactly where they are needed. In this way, the document holders reduce search times, ensure compliance with standards and support consistent process organisation in line with lean management principles. – 5 hanging holes – Optionally available with a protective flap SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 24
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension 1/3 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 160/108 230/225 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 264/217 268/217 350/322 230/225 160/153 325/322 229/217 25
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS FOR ATTACHING, MOUNTING OPTIONS FOR VISUAL POCKETS Standard version Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. SD011- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. SD012- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SD016- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SD013- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SD015- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD018- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD020- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 With protective fl ap Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SD014- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD019- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD021- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Allround Clamp (patented) Order no. KTB3000 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. The patented all-round bracket for quick attachment to our pockets with a slot perforation in the upper section. Designed for pallet cages and/or thick-walled containers up to 4 cm. Dimensions (W x H): 215 x 125 mm. The all-round bar cannot be used with: - Pocket design with protective flap - DIN A7, DIN A4 landscape Wall bracket for hangers Order no. WDH1 Pack 5 pcs. Loose hangers lead to wasted time searching for them and create clutter. The wall bracket provides a fixed storage location and supports organised workspaces in line with the 5S method. Hangers remain within easy reach and are protected. Suitable for MA2000 special retaining brackets and KTB3000 all-purpose brackets. Dimensions (W x H x D): 210 x 25 x 60 mm. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 26
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Special retaining bracket Order no. MA2000 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. The special retaining bracket is pulled through the two outer suspension holes of the visual pockets. Due to the spring steel design, it sits firmly between bars or cardboard boxes, on lattice boxes, etc. This bracket can be hung, inserted and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 320 x 100 mm. Particularly suitable for DIN A4 landscape, cannot be used for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Mini-special retaining bracket Order no. MA2080 Pack 10 pcs. The mini special retaining bracket made of spring steel wire was developed for attaching smaller pocket formats (DIN A6 landscape, DIN A5 portrait). Secure hold on card- board boxes, containers, mesh boxes etc. This bracket can be hung, inserted, and attached in between by turning. Dimensions (WxH): 230 x 80 mm. Only suitable for DIN A6 landscape and DIN A5 portrait. Container bracket Order no. MA2090 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black-coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers up to approx. 2 cm thick. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 21 mm. Container bracket Order no. MA2100 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black-coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers up to approx. 5 cm thick. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 45 mm. 27
CONTAINER LABELLING MOUNTING OPTIONS FOR VISUAL POCKETS U-clamps (patented) Order no. MA2030 Pack 50 pcs. U-clamps allow for easy attachment to cardboard boxes, plastic film and mesh crates. Ideal for changing processes and temporary labelling. The special bend allows for easy removal. Dimensions (W x H): 28 x 55 mm. U-clamps Order no. MA2020 Pack 50 pcs. For piercing cardboard, film and other outer packaging and when using small pocket sizes (DIN A7/DIN A6). Dimensions (WxH): 15 x 38 mm. Steel clips Order no. MA2070 Pack 10 pcs. For clamping the pockets to plastic crates, bars, wooden slats, cardboard boxes, etc. Quick to change. Spread width 17 mm, non-slip rubber shoes on the grippers for a gentle grip. Length: 35 mm. Plastic spike Order no. MA2060 Pack 50 pcs. The plastic spike securely attaches visual pockets to card- board boxes, plastic film, bags or textiles and is suitable for temporary applications. Length: 12 mm. KAN-Gripper Order no. KAN-Gripper Pack 100 pcs. The KAN-GRIPPER securely holds visual pockets onto mesh boxes and enables the quick replacement of accompanying documents – ideal for Kanban processes. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 28
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L KAN-U-Gripper Order no. KAN-U-Gripper Pack 100 pcs. For overhanging, e.g. on pallet cages, with 2 parallel hooks and wide pocket clip. Plastic tie Order no. MA2050 Pack 50 pcs. Plastic ties are highly recommended if the pockets are to be permanently attached or, for example, attached to profiles, cables or the like. The special fastener allows for multiple use. Length: 320 mm. Hook-and-loop dot Order no. PFH22 Set 100 pairs Hook-and-loop dot (Ø 22 mm) with high adhesive force for detachable connections. Easy fixing of a wide variety of materials. Set = 100 fleece dots and 100 hook dots. Metal tape, self-adhesive Order no. BMS35 Roll 5 m The self-adhesive metal tape with strong adhesive force is particularly suitable for making non-metallic materials mag- netic. Any unevenness on the surface is levelled out by the foam adhesive applied to the back. The white surface offers a particu- larly neutral appearance. The product can be processed from the roll (35 x 5000 mm) and cut directly to size with scissors. VST-Gripper Order no. VST-GRIPPER Pack 50 pcs. The round tube label holder makes it easy to flexibly attach visual pockets or label holders to round tubes with a diameter of 28 to 30 mm. The grip points on the inside prevent slipping when fitting or removing the labelling. The interlocked mount provides a secure hold even with vibration. 29
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SELF-ADHESIVE The self-adhesive visual pocket secures important docu- ments right where they are needed, making work instruc- tions, delivery notes or test reports immediately accessible. The visual pocket, made from Soft-PVC, provides a clear view of the contents, making it easier to locate documents on machines, shelves or containers. This reduces search times, prevents mistakes and ensures a faster flow of materials in the workplace. Simple installation using a foam adhesive strip allows for flexible mounting without the need for additional tools and leaves a tidy surface. As part of visual management solutions, document holders support standardised processes and 5S measures: documents remain clean, protected and always readily available, thereby permanently improving process reliability and quality. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 30
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension 1/3 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 160/108 230/225 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 264/217 268/217 350/322 230/225 160/153 325/322 229/217 31
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SELF-ADHESIVE With 1 foam adhesive strip Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. SDSK/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. SDSK/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SDSK/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SDSK/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SDSK/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SDSK/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SDSK/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 With 2 foam adhesive strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. 2SDSK/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. 2SDSK/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN 2SDSK/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. 2SDSK/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. 2SDSK/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. 2SDSK/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. 2SDSK/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 32
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS MAGNETIC The magnetic visual pocket ensures that important docu- ments are always available in the right place. Thanks to strong magnetic strips, the document holder adheres securely to machines, cupboards or metal surfaces, eliminating the need to search for documents. The soft-PVC sleeve protects checklists, work instructions and delivery notes from dirt and moisture, whilst also allowing documents to be changed quickly. This keeps standard operating procedures and checklists clean, legible and imme- diately ready for use, which increases process reliability and reduces error rates. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 34
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension 1/3 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 160/108 230/225 112/70 115/112 159/111 159/156 205/152 264/217 268/217 350/322 230/225 160/153 325/322 229/217 35
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS MAGNETIC 1 magnetic strip Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. MA7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. MA6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN MA1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. MA5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. MA5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. MA4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. MA4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 2 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. SD2M/7110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A6 landsc. SD2M/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SD2M/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SD2M/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SD2M/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD2M/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD2M/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 4 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SD4M/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SD4M/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SD4M/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD4M/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Magnetic vinyl, all-over Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A6 landsc. SDVF/6110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 1/3 DIN SDVF/1310- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. SDVF/5110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 portr. SDVF/5210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. SDVF/4210- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SDVF/4110- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 36
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L 1 magnetic strip (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. MA5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. MA4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. MA4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 2 magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SD2M/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD2M/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD2M/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 4 magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SD4M/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SD4M/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SD4M/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. Magnetic vinyl, all-over (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. SDVF/5111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. SDVF/4211- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. SDVF/4111- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 10 pcs. 37
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS SUPER-MAGNETIC This product offers immediate protection for important documents right at your desk. The multi-pocket folder holds. Documents are kept clean and legible, enabling staff to view work instructions, checklists or delivery notes directly at the point of use, thereby significantly reducing search times. The visual pocket attaches to metal surfaces and supports material flow organisation and shop floor communication. Thanks to the neodymium magnets used, the pouch adheres securely to machines, shelves or mesh crates, making stan- dard operating procedures available at all times, which reduces error rates and increases process reliability. A A 38 B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 268/217 325/322 350/322 229/217 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Neodymium magnets Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A6 landsc. MU2260- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. MU2250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. MU2240- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. MU2230- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Neodymium magnets and magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A6 landsc. MUV260- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. MUV250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. MUV240- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. MUV230- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Neodymium magnets (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. MU2251- - - - - - - 07 - - DIN A4 portr. MU2241- - - - - - - 07 - - DIN A4 landsc. MU2231- - - - - - - 07 - - Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Neodymium magnets and magnetic strips (protective fl ap) Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. MUV251- - - - - - - 07 - - DIN A4 portr. MUV241- - - - - - - 07 - - DIN A4 landsc. MUV231- - - - - - - 07 - - Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 39
CONTAINER LABELLING VISUAL POCKETS OUTDOOR In outdoor areas, wet zones and industrial environments with splash water, conventional clear pockets reach their limits. Waterlogged documents, illegible barcodes and soiled work instructions lead to process interruptions and quality issues. The ORGATEX Outdoor visual pocket with zip fastening reliably protects documents from moisture, dirt and mechanical stress – ensuring clear labelling even under adverse conditions. The zip fastening allows documents to be replaced with ease. A A 40 Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension B B A5 landsc. A4 landsc. A B 205/150 230/225 268/215 325/322 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
Standard version Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SDOD13- DIN A4 landsc. SDOD20- 03 04 03 04 With 1 foam adhesive strip Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SDOSK/5110- DIN A4 landsc. SDOSK/4110- 03 04 03 04 With 2 foam adhesive strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. 2SDOSK/5110- 03 04 DIN A4 landsc. 2SDOSK/4110- 03 04 1 magnetic strip Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. MAOD5110- DIN A4 landsc. MAOD4110- 03 04 03 04 2 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SDO2M/5110- 03 04 DIN A4 landsc. SDO2M/4110- 03 04 4 magnetic strips Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SDO4M/5110- 03 04 DIN A4 landsc. SDO4M/4110- 03 04 Magnetic vinyl, all-over Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 landsc. SDOVF/5110- DIN A4 landsc. SDOVF/4110- 03 04 03 04 CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. *Accessories from page 26 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. *Other colours and formats available on request 41
CONTAINER LABELLING INFOGRAPHIC LABEL AND DOCUMENT HOLDER Raised front edge for pulling out while inserting For hanging on Euroboxes Bevelled insertion aid Suitable for all containers For flexible or permanent labelling Pre-cut cardboard inserts for customised printing SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 42
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Cover for overhanging Document holder made of transparent rigid PVC, for hanging on Euroboxes, plastic boxes, etc. The viewing window is scanner readable; the bevelled front edge makes it easier to insert and remove documents. Common format sizes Label holder Perfect fit for KLT containers and Euroboxes. The labels are well protected from dirt and moisture thanks to the lateral insert. Ongoing development Label cover/document holder Self-adhesive document holder made of transparent, UV-resistant rigid PVC with 2 adhesive strips for permanent attachment to containers of all kinds, e.g. plastic crates. The bevelled front edges allow easy insertion and removal of the labels. Clip-in profile With foam adhesive on the back for attaching material cards, article information, label pockets on plastic crates and wooden pallets. Label holder Simple labelling of plastic crates. The angle makes inserting the labels very easy. Whether on smooth or roughened surfaces, the robust foam adhesive adheres securely to almost all surfaces. 43
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN-COVER MAGNETIC / SELF-ADHESIVE The Kanban-Cover organises documents and cards in a visible and protected manner. The self-adhesive or magnetic rigid PVC holder with a bevelled front edge allows for easy insertion and removal. Ideal for reducing search times and standardising material labelling in Lean Management. - Documents can be easily inserted and removed thanks to the bevelled front edge - Scanner-readable and UV-resistant KANBAN-Cover, magnetic/self-adhesive Format DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 Order no. KAN-COSA7 KAN-COSA6 KAN-COSA5 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) KAN-COS1/4DIN EC (85 x 62 mm) DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 KAN-COS-EC KAN-COMA7 KAN-COMA6 KAN-COMA5 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) KAN-COM1/4DIN EC (85 x 62 mm) KAN-COM-EC Properties Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Self-adhesive Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic Magnetic SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 44 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs.
KANBAN-COVER FOR OVERHANGING CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L The Kanban Cover delivers Kanban cards and docu- ments straight to the right place, significantly reducing the time spent searching for them. The transparent hard PVC document holders simply hang over edges and protect documents from dirt and damage. This ensures that work instructions remain clean, up to date and immediately available. - Containers remain stackable - UV-resistant - Good clamping action - Good handling - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode KANBAN-Cover for overhanging Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. 215 x 80 x 17 215 x 155 x 17 155 x 110 x 17 110 x 80 x 17 87 x 55 x 17 KAN-COW1/4DIN KAN-COWA5 KAN-COWA6 KAN-COWA7 KAN-COW-EC Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 45
CONTAINER LABELLING DOCUMENT HOLDER KAN-COPA The Kanban Cover keeps things tidy by protecting documents and keeping them clearly visible. The robust hard PVC provides permanent protection against dirt and damage; the bevelled front edge on the right and the 90° insertion flap allow documents to be inserted easily and securely. - For labelling cardboard boxes and stacked products - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode - UV-resistant - Easy to handle KAN-COPA document holder Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 210 x 148 148 x 105 105 x 74 220 x 80 46 KAN-COPA5 KAN-COPA6 KAN-COPA7 KAN-COP1/4DIN SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs.
KANBAN-COVER MEGA CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Secure labelling of loose materials such as bulk goods or C-parts using the KANBAN cover by simply placing it on top. If there are no label holders on the container, the KANBAN card holder is the ideal solution thanks to its own weight. Serves, for example, as a ‘Checked’/‘Locked’ labelling or as a holder for KANBAN cards, and can also be used on all ORGATEX® KANBAN or Heijunka boards. - Matt finish (no glare) - Extremely robust - Scratch-resistant - Compatible with the ORGATEX® system box - Good legibility of documents/KANBAN cards KANBAN-Cover MEGA Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 215 x 100 KAN-CO1/3DIN Pack 10 pcs. 47
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL-COVER SELF-ADHESIVE Dirty or damaged labels make it diffi cult to identify materials and containers. The Label-Cover protects labelling from dust, moisture and abrasion, ensuring that information remains clearly legible over time. Ideal for containers, KLTs, Euro boxes and load carriers. - Scanner-readable and UV-resistant - 2 high-performance adhesive strips on the reverse - Raised front edge for easy insertion and removal of documents Label-Cover, self-adhesive Format DIN A7 DIN A6 DIN A5 Order no. Properties LABCOVA7-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive LABCOVA6-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive LABCOVA5-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive 1/4 DIN (220 x 80 mm) LABC1/4-2 2 Adhesive strips, self-adhesive Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 48
DOCUMENT HOLDER KAN-CLIP CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Slip-in clamping profile with foam adhesive on the reverse for attaching material cards, product information and label pockets to plastic crates and wooden pallets. Whether on smooth or roughened plastic surfaces, aluminium, wood-like surfaces, glass and ceramic surfaces, stainless steel or other fine metal surfaces, or metal surfaces with multiple coats of paint, the foam adhesive adheres securely to almost all substrates. - Easy labelling of boxes and containers - Excellent labelling of pallet feet - Self-adhesive on almost all surfaces KAN-Clip document holder Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 75 x 31 KAN-CLIP75 Pack 100 pcs. 49
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER SELF-ADHESIVE Changing product information requires flexible labelling solutions. The self-adhesive label holder provides a secure hold for labels and ensures quick replacement without leaving any residue. Suitable for plastic containers, shelves, machinery and transport aids. - Secure hold - Dust-proof - Scanner-readable - UV-resistant - Easy to handle - Easy insertion and removal of documents Label holder, self-adhesive Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. 61 x 100 x 14 KAN-COSW100-60 Pack 100 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 50
PALLET CLAMP LABEL HOLDER CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Accompanying documents are often lost or damaged on pallets. The pallet clamp secures documents firmly to the load carrier and ensures that all information reliably accompanies the flow of goods. Ideal for dispatch, goods-in and warehousing. - Sturdy and high-quality (injection-moulded) - Can be positioned centrally or on the corner blocks of the pallet - High-visibility yellow (other colours available on enquiry) - With 3 slots for documents Pallet clamp/Label holder Designation Pallet clamp Order no. Format (WxHxD) (mm) KAN-PS2-04 160 x 117 x 72 Label holder, transparent KAN-PS2-HE100 100 x 2.5 x 70 Label holder, transparent KAN-PS2-HE150 150 x 2.5 x 70 Cardboard labels, white Cardboard labels, white ET600 ET650 100 x 67 150 x 67 Pack 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 80 pcs. 40 pcs. 51
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KLT-SNAPPER The KLT Snapper label sleeve makes labelling visible and scannable, reducing search times and picking errors. A robust hard PVC sleeve protects Kanban cards and allows insertion in accordance with VDA 4902. The bright yellow colour makes them easier to spot. - Cardboard inserts available in matching sizes - Scanner-readable - VDA standard 4902 KLT-Snapper KANBAN sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner/Outer dim. (W x H) (mm) Inlay Pack KLT-SNAP/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 67/209 x 80 KLT-SNAP-1/3DIN/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KLT-SNAP-DINA5/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 135/209 x 147 ET670 ET85 ET135 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 52
KANBAN SLEEVES CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L The KAN-Label Kanban sleeves protect Kanban labels and make information on the container visible. With three closed sides and a slot in accordance with VDA 4902, the label remains clean and scannable. This reduces search times, prevents picking errors and enhances process reliability. - Cardboard inserts available in suitable sizes - Scanner-readable - For insertion into Kanban boards - Suitable for KLT containers and Euroboxes - VDA standard 4902 KAN-Label KANBAN sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner/Outer dim. (W x H) (mm) Inlay Pack KL100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 200 x 67/209 x 74 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KAN-LABELA5/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 200 x 135/209 x 147 ET670 50 pcs. ET85 ET135 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 53
CONTAINER LABELLING KANBAN SLEEVES KLMU The label sleeve attaches Kanban cards directly to the machine or container, reducing search times and errors. The sleeve, which is closed on three sides with a narrow- side insertion slot and neodymium magnets, protects documents, keeping them scannable and clean. - Ideal for uneven or round surfaces (barrels/reels) - Magnets with high holding force - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode - Suitable for VDA document holders - Cardboard inserts available in matching sizes KLMU KANBAN sleeves Order no. + Colour code Inner/Outer dim. (W x H) (mm) Inlay Pack KLMU100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 200 x 67/210 x 85 ET670 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 54
KANBAN SLEEVES KNTA CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Same design as KAN-Label, but with Euro perforation and additional slot perforation in the head section for hanging. - Cardboard inserts available in the correct size - Scanner-readable KNTA KANBAN sleeves Oder no. + Colour code Inner/Outer dim. (W x H) (mm) Inlay Pack KNTA- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 20 150 x 67/209 x 85 ET650 50 pcs. 55
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER ANTI-STICK Anti-Stick label: The solution for clean, residue-free CONTAINER LABELLING. In industrial manufacturing, containers are indispensable for storing raw materials and goods. Clear and neat labelling is crucial in this context. However, conventional labels often leave sticky residues, which not only look unsightly but also make it difficult to apply new labels. Our innovative Anti-Stick label offers the solution: it serves as a backing for labelling stickers that can be removed without leaving any residue after use, without contaminating or damaging the container. This keeps the container clean and ready for the next labelling task. - No adhesive residue - Clear labelling - Self-adhesive - Individual printing available on request - Reduces the workload for staff - Can be reused multiple times SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 56
CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L WITHOUT ORGATEX Anti-Stick label holders WITH ORGATEX Anti-Stick label holders Anti-Stick label holder Execution Format (WxL) Order no. Self-adhesive Anti-Stick labels 105 mm x 160 mm AS-E105-160 Self-adhesive Anti-Stick labels 125 mm x 200 mm AS-E125-200 Colour White White Pcs. 1 1 57
CONTAINER LABELLING LABEL HOLDER INSERTABLE Loose labels lead to mix-ups and unnecessary time spent searching. The insert-type label holders ensure neat, protected and easily replaceable labelling in existing card pockets on KLT, Euro and storage containers. - Secure hold - Dust-proof - Scanner-readable - UV-resistant - Easy to handle - Easy to insert and remove Label holder insertable Outer Dim. (W x H) (mm) Order no. For LF 75 x 22 75 x 26 78 x 36 102 x 36 102 x 43 58 KLT22-75 KLT26-75 KLT36-78 KLT36-102 LF211, LF221, 14/7-5 14/7-3ZD LF511 GZW LF221, LF321, LF322, LF531G, LF532, 14/7-4, 14/7-3Z, 14/7-2H, 14/7-1 Inlay ET275 ET230 ET378 ET302 Pack 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. KLT43-102 LF533, LF543G, 14/7-3, 14/7-Gr.2 ET402 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
FABRIC TAPE DOTS LONGLIFE CONTAINER LABELLING i r e n a t n o C g n i l l e b a L Temporary barriers, repairs and organisational labelling often need to be put in place without much prior preparation. LongLife fabric tape offers a flexible solution for clean, sturdy surfaces such as metal, plastic or coated surfaces. It is quick to apply, adapts well and is versatile – ideal for short-term labelling and support measures in day-to-day operations. - Excellent resistance to ageing - For indoor and outdoor use - Resistance to abrasion, degradation and moisture - Sturdy construction - Dense, fine-weave and waterproof synthetic silk fabric tape LongLife Fabric Tape-Dots Version Format (Ø) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Dots Roll length Dots 30 LGGW30-P- 01 02 - 04 05 06 07 88 4000 - 59
SHELF LABELLING SHELF SHELF SHELF SHELF SHELF LALA LALA LA BELBEL BELBEL BEL LINGLING LINGLING LING Long search times in the warehouse are unthinkable given the demands placed on businesses today. A coordinate system provides a solution, serving as the basis for the clear allocation of goods to storage locations. A well-designed numbering system is derived from the coordinates of a storage location, thereby ensuring unambiguous spatial identifi cation. 60 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Label carrier, transparent Angled label holders ......................................................................... 64 Round tube ..............................................................................................66 magnetic/self-adhesive ..................................................................67 Label carrier, coloured Colour, magnetic ..................................................................................70 Label Top, magnetic/self-adhesive ..............................................72 Label Plus, magnetic/self-adhesive .............................................74 Mega, magnetic/self-adhesive ......................................................76 Magnetic labels/-tape, coloured Magnetic labels ......................................................................................78 Magnet-blanks ......................................................................................80 Self-adhesive Magnetic tape .......................................................81 Flex sign, self-adhesive ....................................................................82 Cardboard inserts .................................................................... 84 Individual shelf labelling ................................................. 86 Anti-Stick label holders ...................................................90 katalog.orgatex.com/ shelfl abeling Scan to fi nd out more. However, for this system to work in practice, optimal labelling is essential: clearly visible labels on shelf rows, shelf compartments and storage levels. At ORGATEX®, you’ll find the right labelling for all application areas and purposes: whether magnetic or self-adhesive, coloured or transparent, for permanent or temporary attachment. Our self-adhesive Quick-Label inserts are particularly suitable for fixed storage locations and variable items. Thanks to a foam adhesive, they adhere easily to shelves, pallets and containers. For metal surfaces, our Magnetic storage labels are used. We have designed all variants so that documents can be inserted and replaced effort- lessly. The transparent profile also ensures that barcodes can be scanned without any problems. Tubular shelving systems can also be clearly labelled using our round-tube label holders. 61
SHELF LABELLING INFOGRAPHIC SHELF LABELLING 0 2 - 0 2 - 0 0 - Shelf space labelling 0 2 0 2 - 0 2 - 0 0 - 0 1 0 2 - 0 1 - 0 0 - 0 2 0 2 - 0 1 Shelf row labelling Shelf labelling Shelf level labelling - 0 0 - 0 1 For flexible or permanent labelling Pre-punched cardboard inlays to ensure precise printing Clear definition of a storage location SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 62
SHELF LABELLING Poster frames (shelf row) Labelling on the front provides high visibility. Hanging signs can also be used as triangles or squares. g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Common format sizes Label holder (shelf level) Whether it is permanent or temporary, labelling can be self-adhesive or magnetic. Common 5S colours Ongoing development Transparent window (shelf space) Labelling the lowest spaces presents a particular challenge, as this is where additional loads are placed by indus- trial trucks. This is where the transparent window with its excellent adhesive strength is an optimal solution. 1 Flex sign (shelf field) Specially developed for high loads. The 90° angle makes the sign clearly visible from a distance. Due to the 2-component design, the sign simply springs back into its original position after contact with the pallet (storage/retrieval). This helps prevent damage. 63 0 2 - 0 1 - 0 0 - 0 1
SHELF LABELLING ANGLED LABEL HOLDERS SELF-ADHESIVE Our label holders are designed for heavy-duty use in everyday industrial environments. They are resistant to abrasion, dust and mechanical stress. Thanks to their flexible design, they can be fitted quickly – without the need for tools – and are immediately ready for use in a wide variety of storage locations. - Error-free scanning thanks to optimal label alignment - Faster picking speeds thanks to clearly visible labelling and quicker order picking - Durable and high-quality construction for long-term use in industrial environments SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 64
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S The 40° angle improves scan quality from both low and high viewing angles – ideal for low-level and high-level shelf compartments. The holder can also be easily fitted to the top shelf levels, making it effortless to scan from below. At the same time, the upper strut reliably prevents the label from falling out. 39 ° 0 4 Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. Holders per pack SL039-75-ABG 50 pcs. 39 x 75 39 x 100 Inlay ET375 Pack 50 pcs. SL039-100-ABG 50 pcs. ET300 50 pcs. 65
SHELF LABELLING ROUNDED LABEL HOLDER Thanks to its ergonomic shape, the label holder forms a single unit with the profile or tube. The sturdy, transparent profile is open at the sides and above, making it easy to replace the matching cardboard inserts. The two-component design gives the clip both stability and flexibility. Whether used with round tubing or profiled tubing, specially positioned grip points on the inside ensure a secure hold wherever it is fitted. Format (width) (mm) Order no. Gripper per pack Inlay Pack 100 200 - 66 VST-LABEL-100 100 pcs. ET335 50 pcs. VST-LABEL-200 100 pcs. VST-GRIPPER - - - 50 pcs. 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Confusing or damaged labelling leads to time spent searching and incorrect picks. Transparent label holders protect inserts, ensure barcodes remain easily scannable and allow for quick replacement when items change. Depending on the execution, they can be attached magnetically or with self- adhesive backing – for clear organisation in warehousing, order picking and production. A B Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B 20 75 100 150 27 75 100 150 38 75 100 150 47 75 100 150 67 100 150 200 67
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Label holders, magnetic Format (H x W) (mm) Order no. Inlay 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 27 x 75 27 x 100 27 x 150 38 x 75 38 x 100 38 x 150 47 x 75 47 x 100 47 x 150 67 x 100 67 x 150 HE120-75 HE120-100 HE120-150 HE127-75 HE127-100 HE127-150 HE138-75 HE138-100 HE138-150 HE147-75 HE147-100 HE147-150 HE167-100 HE167-150 67 x 200 HE167-200 ET190 ET210 ET220 ET75 ET100 ET150 ET375 ET300 ET350 ET475 ET400 ET450 ET600 ET650 ET670 Pack 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. Label holders, self-adhesive Format (H x W) (mm) Order no. Inlay Pack 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 27 x 75 27 x 100 27 x 150 38 x 75 38 x 100 38 x 150 47 x 75 47 x 100 47 x 150 67 x 100 67 x 150 SL020-75 SL020-100 SL020-150 SL027-75 SL027-100 SL027-150 SL038-75 SL038-100 SL038-150 SL047-75 SL047-100 SL047-150 SL067-100 SL067-150 67 x 200 SL067-200 ET190 ET210 ET220 ET75 ET100 ET150 ET375 ET300 ET350 ET475 ET400 ET450 ET600 ET650 ET670 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 68
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS COLOURED MAGNETIC Uniform shelf rows make it difficult to find your way around quickly. Coloured label holders combine protected labelling with clear visual organisation by area, material group or status. This supports 5S, reduces search times and makes it easier to train new staff safely. Existing formats in mm, outer/inner dimensions A B B 35/25 48/38 60/50 100/100 100/100 100/100 150/150 150/150 150/150 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW A A 70 B B
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Colour Format (H x W) (mm) 35 x 100 35 x 100 35 x 150 35 x 150 48 x 100 48 x 100 48 x 150 48 x 150 60 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 150 60 x 150 Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack HE525-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET200 50 pcs. HE225-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET200 100 pcs. HE525-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 HE225-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET250 ET250 50 pcs. 100 pcs. HE538-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET300 50 pcs. HE238-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET300 100 pcs. HE538-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 HE238-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET350 ET350 50 pcs. 100 pcs. HE550-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET500 50 pcs. HE250-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET500 100 pcs. HE550-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 HE250-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 ET550 ET550 50 pcs. 100 pcs. 71
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS LABEL TOP MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Standard labels are not always sufficient when additional information is required. Label Top features openings at the side and above, allowing suitable or large documents to be easily inserted. The magnetic or self-adhesive fastening provides a flexible solution for changing information directly at the storage location. Existing formats in mm, outer/inner dimensions A B 35/25 50/38 80/67 107/100 107/100 160/100 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW B B A A 72
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Label Top, 1 magnetic strip Format inner/outer Dim. (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 25 x 100/35 x 107 LTM110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 50 pcs. 38 x 100/50 x 107 LTM110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 50 pcs. 67 x 150/80 x 160 LTM160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. Label Top, 2 magnetic strips Format inner/outer Dim. (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 67 x 150/80 x 160 LTV160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. Label Top, 1 foam adhesive strip Format inner/outer Dim. (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 25 x 100/35 x 107 LTS110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 50 pcs. 38 x 100/50 x 107 LTS110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 50 pcs. 67 x 150/80 x 160 LTS160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. 73
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS LABEL PLUS MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE Frequent changes to stock items require labelling that can be updated effortlessly. Label Plus is open above, quickly accepts inserts and holds them securely in place. Magnetic and Self-adhesive versions allow use on a wide variety of shelving surfaces. Existing formats in mm, outer/inner dimensions A B 35/25 50/38 80/67 107/100 107/100 160/100 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW B B A A 74
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Label Plus, 1 magnetic strip Format inner/outer (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 25 x 100/35 x 107 LPM110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 50 pcs. 38 x 100/50 x 107 LPM110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 50 pcs. 67 x 150/80 x 160 LPM160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. Label Plus, 2 magnetic strips Format inner/ outer (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 67 x 150/80 x 160 LPV160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. Label Plus, 1 foam adhesive strip Format inner/ outer (H x W) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 25 x 100/35 x 107 LPS110-35/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET200 50 pcs. 38 x 100/50 x 107 LPS110-50/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET300 50 pcs. 67 x 150/80 x 160 LPS160-80/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 ET650 50 pcs. 75
SHELF LABELLING LABEL HOLDERS MEGA MAGNETIC/SELF-ADHESIVE For rows of shelving and large-format storage areas labelling must be visible even from a distance. The MEGA-Label offers plenty of space for text, barcodes and additional information. Inserts are slid in from the side and remain protected – for quick orientation and clear identification. Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B B B 60 100 150 200 300 600 80 100 150 200 300 600 A 76 B SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S MEGA, magnetic Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 60 x 100 HEM360-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET500 50 pcs. 60 x 150 HEM360-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET550 50 pcs. 60 x 200 HEM360-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET520 50 pcs. 60 x 300 HEM360-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET700 25 pcs. 60 x 600 HEM360-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET730 10 pcs. 80 x 100 HEM380-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET600 50 pcs. 80 x 150 HEM380-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET650 50 pcs. 80 x 200 HEM380-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET670 50 pcs. 80 x 300 HEM380-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET800 25 pcs. 80 x 600 HEM380-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET830 10 pcs. MEGA, self-adhesive Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Inlay Pack 60 x 100 HES460-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET500 50 pcs. 60 x 150 HES460-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET550 50 pcs. 60 x 200 HES460-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET520 50 pcs. 60 x 300 HES460-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET700 25 pcs. 60 x 600 HES460-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET730 10 pcs. 80 x 100 HES480-100/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET600 50 pcs. 80 x 150 HES480-150/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET650 50 pcs. 80 x 200 HES480-200/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET670 50 pcs. 80 x 300 HES480-300/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET800 25 pcs. 80 x 600 HES480-600/ 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 88 20 ET830 10 pcs. 77
SHELF LABELLING MAGNETIC LABELS Fixed labelling is not suitable for changing warehouse layouts. Magnetic labels adhere securely to metal shelving, can be repositioned without leaving any residue and allow for quick adjustments when items or locations change. This reduces changeover times and keeps the warehouse organisation clear and organised at all times. Five different colours provide additional differentiation at a glance. A B Existing formats in mm, outer dimensions A B B B B 20 60 75 100 150 25 60 75 100 150 30 60 75 100 150 35 60 75 100 150 40 60 75 100 150 50 60 75 100 150 60 60 75 100 150 70 60 75 100 150 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 78
Magnetic storage labels (shelf labels) Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code 20 x 60 20 x 75 20 x 100 20 x 150 25 x 60 25 x 75 25 x 100 25 x 150 30 x 60 30 x 75 30 x 100 30 x 150 35 x 60 35 x 75 35 x 100 35 x 150 40 x 60 40 x 75 40 x 100 40 x 150 50 x 60 50 x 75 50 x 100 50 x 150 60 x 60 60 x 75 60 x 100 60 x 150 70 x 60 70 x 75 70 x 100 70 x 150 MR60-20/ MR75-20/ MR100-20/ MR150-20/ MR60-25/ MR75-25/ MR100-25/ MR150-25/ MR60-30/ MR75-30/ MR100-30/ MR150-30/ MR60-35/ MR75-35/ MR100-35/ MR150-35/ MR60-40/ MR75-40/ MR100-40/ MR150-40/ MR60-50/ MR75-50/ MR100-50/ MR150-50/ MR60-60/ MR75-60/ MR100-60/ MR150-60/ MR60-70/ MR75-70/ MR100-70/ MR150-70/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Pack 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. 100 pcs. SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S 79
SHELF LABELLING MAGNETIC BLANKS Magnetic tapes for cutting to size Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 10 x 600 15 x 600 20 x 600 25 x 600 30 x 600 35 x 600 40 x 600 50 x 600 60 x 600 70 x 600 75 x 600 80 x 600 90 x 600 MB710/ MB715/ MB720/ MB725/ MB730/ MB735/ MB740/ MB750/ MB760/ MB770/ MB775/ MB780/ MB790/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 100 x 600 MB800/ 1 2 3 4 5 Magnetic sheets for cutting to size Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code 200 x 300 300 x 600 400 x 600 600 x 600 R262/ R512/ R513/ R514/ 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 80
MAGNETIC TAPE SELF-ADHESIVE SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Many surfaces do not allow for direct Magnetic adhesion. Self-adhesive magnetic tapes provide a stable base on which magnetic signs and label holders can be used fl exibly. This allows wooden, plastic or painted surfaces to be integrated into a customi- sable labelling system. - High adhesive strength - Can be cut to size with scissors or a craft knife - Magnetic across the entire surface - Flexible - Material thickness: 0.75 mm Magnetic tape, self-adhesive Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. 20 x 600 25 x 600 30 x 600 35 x 600 40 x 600 50 x 600 60 x 600 70 x 600 75 x 600 80 x 600 100 x 600 SMB520 SMB525 SMB530 SMB535 SMB540 SMB550 SMB560 SMB570 SMB575 SMB580 SMB600 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 81
SHELF LABELLING FLEX SIGN SELF-ADHESIVE Rigid labels are easily damaged during storage and retrieval. The self-adhesive Flex sign is positioned at a 90-degree angle to the shelf and springs back to its original position after contact. This ensures the labelling remains clearly visible, durable and perma- nently functional. The sign is secured using 2 Flex-Grippers, which are included. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 82
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Flex sign, self-adhesive Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. + Colour code For documents/ inlay (ET) 67 x 300 110 x 300 210 x 300 FX-SK-67- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 ET800 FX-SK- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 1/2 DIN A4 FX-SK-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 20 88 DIN A4 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 83
SHELF LABELLING CARDBOARD INSERTS, INLAY (ET) Inconsistent inserts make it difficult to maintain labelling. Pre-cut cardboard inserts fit precisely into the ORGATEX label holders and can be printed on cleanly. This ensures that text and barcodes remain clearly legible, whilst changes to items and storage locations can be implemented quickly. Thanks to the micro-perforation around the edge, the cardboard inserts can be removed cleanly without leaving any residue, without the need for scissors or a craft knife. Customised printing is made easier by the print templates for all formats, available free of charge at orgatex.com. The designed sheets can be printed on any standard printer. This drastically reduces the effort involved in creating and designing Cardboard inserts. Combined with ORGATEX® protective sleeves or document holders, the inserts form a durable labelling solution. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 84
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S Cardboard inserts, Inlay (ET) Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) Cardboard inserts, Inlays/Pack Sheets ET75 ET85 ET100 ET135 ET150 ET190 ET200 ET210 ET220 ET230 ET250 ET275 ET300 ET302 ET335 ET350 ET375 ET378 ET400 ET402 ET450 ET475 ET500 ET520 ET550 ET600 ET650 ET670 ET700 ET730 ET800 ET830 ET76-70 75 x 27 200 x 85 100 x 27 200 x 135 150 x 27 75 x 20 100 x 25 100 x 20 150 x 20 75 x 25 150 x 25 75 x 22 100 x 38 102 x 36 100 x 35 150 x 38 75 x 38 78 x 36 100 x 47 102 x 43 150 x 47 75 x 47 100 x 50 200 x 50 150 x 50 100 x 67 150 x 67 200 x 67 300 x 50 600 x 50 300 x 67 600 x 67 76 x 70 ET33-75K-01/02/04/05 75 x 33 ET105-148 105 x 148 200 30 200 20 100 280 220 280 140 220 110 260 140 160 160 70 140 160 120 120 60 120 100 50 50 80 40 40 40 50 60 50 80 160 40 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 50 pcs. 20 pcs. 50 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 85
SHELF LABELLING INDIVIDUAL SHELF LABELLING For smooth, seamless surfaces, Foil labels offer a space-saving and permanently adhesive solution. Text, barcodes and symbols can be custom- printed and remain clearly legible thanks to high tear resistance and abrasion-resistant printing. Ideal for clear standards in warehousing and order picking. Furthermore, you can choose between 3 different materials (film, polycarbonate and Magnetic foil). Ebene 2 AA 01 8.3.10.1 8.4.20.1 8.5.30.1 8.6.40.1 10 20 30 40 DIMENSIONS FOR STANDARD SIZES Single-user labels Multilevel labels 20 x 90 35 x 90 20 x 120 35 x 120 35 x 180 50 x 90 50 x 120 50 x 180 50 x 70 80 x 80 70 x 90 70 x 120 70 x 180 100 x 100 90 x 90 90 x 120 90 x 180 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 86
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S If you are interested in samples or help with planning your labels, please contact our sales team: Email: sales@orgatex.de Phone.: +49 2173-1064-0 87
SHELF LABELLING INDIVIDUAL SHELF LABELLING Plastic labels, reinforced - Extremely resistant - Very well suited for slots in the profile - Self-adhesive - Abrasion-resistant printing - Material: Polycarbonate - Material thickness: 0.7 mm - Surface: matt - Adhesive: acrylate - Area of application: Indoor Foil labels - For smooth, gap-free substrates - Self-adhesive, resistant, easy to apply - High tear resistance - Abrasion-resistant solvent printing - Material: foil Material - Material thickness: 0.2 mm - Surface: matt or glossy - Protective laminate: on request - Adhesive:acrylate - Area of application: Indoor Magnetic labels - Attachment to magnetic surfaces - For variable shelf space labelling - Different magnet variants (e.g. for frozen areas) - Quick and residue-free replacement - Flexible use - Material: Magnetic foil - Material thickness: 0.85 mm - Surface: matt - Protective laminate: on request - Area of application: Indoor SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 88
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S REQUIRED ORDER DETAILS General information: Information on the required Excel spreadsheet: 1. Specify your desired layout and format 2. For labels with logos or graphics, we require a 1. A separate column must be used for each piece of information on your label (plain text, barcodes, etc.) print-ready template (300 dpi - AI, EPS, TIFF, SVG) 2. The column names must be distinct (e.g. barcode 1, barcode 2) 3. We will send you a proof copy for approval 4. The labels will be dispatched as soon as possible after approval 3. Use a separate row for each label (see figure below) 4. For arrows (bottom, top, right, left) or symbols, use directional information or plain text (no graphics) 5. Please only use fixed values and not formulae, data sheets, safety instructions, application videos, etc. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 A Arrow Above Above A Barcode 1 70569010 70569020 70569030 B Logo ORGATEX ORGATEX C Colour White White D E QR-Code Number 23548626 758.236.952 23548627 758.236.953 B Level 1 8.3.10.1 8.3.10.2 8.3.10.3 C D E Text below 1 Colour 1 Barcode 2 10 20 30 Grey Grey Grey 8621684 8621685 8621686 F Level 2 8.4.20.1 8.4.20.2 8.4.20.3 G H Text below 2 Colour 2 20 40 60 Orange Orange Orange 89
SHELF LABELLING ANTI-STICK LABEL HOLDER Anti-Stick label: The solution for clean and residue-free shelf labelling. In industrial manufacturing, clear and precise shelf labelling is essential. Clear and clean labelling is crucial. However, conventional labels often leave sticky residues, which not only look unsightly but also make it difficult to apply new labels. Our innovative anti-stick label offers the solution: it serves as a backing for labelling stickers that can be removed without leaving any residue after use, without soiling or damaging the shelf. This keeps the shelf surface clean and ready for the next labelling task. - No adhesive residue - Clear labelling - Magnetic or self-adhesive - Individual printing available on request - Reduces the workload for staff - Can be reused multiple times SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 90
SHELF LABELLING g n i l l e b a L f l e h S 100 mm x 870 mm 100 mm x 870 mm 100 mm x 870 mm Example: 3 magnetic strips correspond to a crossbar with 3 storage spaces Anti-Stick label holder Execution Format (WxL) Order no. Colour Roll/Pcs. Anti-Stick roll, self-adhesive 35 mm x 10 m AS-R35-10 Anti-Stick roll, self-adhesive 100 mm x 10 m AS-R100-10 Anti-Stick labels, magnetic 100 mm x 145 mm AS-EM100-145 Anti-Stick labels, magnetic 100 mm x 290 mm AS-EM100-290 Anti-Stick labels, magnetic 100 mm x 870 mm AS-EM100-870 White White White White White 1 1 1 1 1 WITHOUT ORGATEX Anti-Stick label holder WITH ORGATEX Anti-Stick label holder 91
FLOOR MARKING FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR FLOOR MARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMARMAR MAR KINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKING Whether it is driveways and walkways, danger zones or storage areas – correct labelling is a must. Clear fl oor markings increase work safety and make it easier to comply with regulations. As the markings on the fl oor are exposed to particular loads, they must be extremely hardwearing. 92 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
FLOOR MARKING LongLife floor marking tape ...................................100 ECO .................................................................................................................102 Low Duty .................................................................................................... 104 Vector™ ........................................................................................................105 LongLife floor marking tape ...................................................... 106 Individual ................................................................................................... 108 Grip ................................................................................................................. 109 FTS ....................................................................................................................110 Rough Ground ......................................................................................... 112 Heavy Duty ................................................................................................113 Outdoor ........................................................................................................114 ESD ...................................................................................................................116 Blanks on roll .............................................................................................118 LongLife symbols/blanks ............................................120 LongLife symbols / Vector™ .......................................................120 LongLife symbols rounded / Vector™ ................................ 122 Individual blanks ...................................................................................124 LongLife symbols foot and arrow ..........................................126 LongLife symbols heavy duty ...................................................128 LongLife symbols heavy duty rounded ............................130 LongLife Module .......................................................................132 LongLife Module ..................................................................................132 LongLife Module L-angle ..............................................................134 LongLife clear view ...............................................................135 LongLife clear view heavy duty ...............................................135 LongLife clear view hatched ......................................................136 LongLife clear view, dirt-repellent ........................................136 LongLife clear view rough ground ........................................136 LongLife clear view circle / arrow ..........................................138 Set for parking space markings ..........................140 LongLife cold performance .......................................142 LongLife accessories ..........................................................144 Remover, cleaner, primer ..............................................................144 Edge sealing .............................................................................................144 Trimming system .................................................................................144 Scraper .........................................................................................................146 Pressure roller ..........................................................................................147 katalog.orgatex.com/ fl oormarking Scan to fi nd out more. ORGATEX® has been setting the standard in the field of self-adhesive floor markings for many years: our LongLife floor markings, made from torsion-resistant, high-quality plastic, are characterised by their extreme durability. They are ‘Forklift-proof’ and can even with- stand being driven over. They are quick and easy to apply and, thanks to our LongLife Remover, can be removed without leaving any residue. Our floor markings are designed for indoor use and adhere to all surfaces, including concrete, stone and metal. They are available in a wide variety of executions: supplied on rolls, our floor markings are used for labelling of traffic routes, parking spaces, and work and safety areas. With our comprehensive range of labelling products, you can ensure safety within your organisation in accor- dance with standards. Our portfolio also includes various symbols to aid navigation or for marking purposes, as well as floor templates for the labelling of parking spaces. i g n k r a M r o o F l 93
FLOOR MARKING INFOGRAPHIC FLOOR MARKING When fixing the floor marking minimum distance of 30 to 50 mm should be maintained Labelling of parking spaces Create your own floor marking in DIN format Quick and easy installation. Self-adhesive and torsion resistant. Various material KG thickness for all requirements Colour coding of walkways and parking spaces SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 94
FLOOR MARKING LongLife Cold Performance Self-adhesive floor marking for areas with extremely low ambient temperatures (application temperature down to -20 °C) i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife floor marking tape is made of torsionresistant, high-quality plastic and has a high abrasion resistance. Easy to apply directly from the roll dispenser. LongLife floor marking signs Made of PVC and fully bonded. Extremely hard-wearing and wear resistant. Complies with the standards and regulations in accordance with ASR A1.3. 95 Common format sizes Common 5S colours, single-coloured and two-coloured Forklift proof LongLife symbols Easy marking of parking and restricted areas. The highly adhesive industrial glue on the back is suitable for all surfaces such as concrete, stone, metal, etc. Different colours, widths and shapes allow for clear allocation of functional areas.
FLOOR MARKING VERSION MARKING EXAMPLE RECOMMENDATION COLOUR RANGE MAIN AND SECONDARY ROUTES Version: Floor marking tape FINISHED MATERIAL/DELIVERY AREA Version: Blank RAW MATERIAL/DELIVERY AREAS Version: Blank REJECTS/DEFECTIVE PARTS Version: Blank or floor marking tape DANGER AREAS Version: Floor marking tape EMPTIES Version: Floor marking tape OTHER PARKING SPACES Version: Blank or floor marking tape MANDATORY ACTION SIGNS prescribe mandatory behaviour in the designated areas. The standar- dised design in accordance with ASR A1.3 indicates hazards that cannot be clearly identified and actively influences the behaviour of employees. Mandatory signs help to significantly increase work safety. WARNING AND INFORMATION SIGNS are used wherever there is danger, e.g. suspended loads, industrial trucks or noise, that has a direct impact on the employees. With appropriate labelling from ORGATEX® you adhere to the legal requirements. PROHIBITION SIGNS have the highest weighting in the group of safety signs. Signs in this category prohibit certain types of behaviour and issue clear prohibitions in order to avoid serious accidents. LONGITUDINAL MARKINGS are used to clearly separate different areas, e.g. of driveways and walk- ways or storage and production areas. In addition to the safety aspect, clearly marked areas also help to increase efficiency and avoid errors caused by mixing up materials and raw materials. For this purpose, markings in different colours, single or multi-coloured, e.g. hatched, are used and assigned to a use. SYMBOLS are the ideal tool for clearly visualising a wide variety of areas. Different geometries and a variety of colours can be used to mark logistics and production areas. This allows individual areas such as incoming/outgoing goods, empties, blocking or material provision areas to be clearly assigned to their use. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 96
FLOOR MARKING VERSION MARKING EXAMPLE/PROCESSING A clear allocation of materials to production or logistics processes is essential for quality assurance and efficiency. If the labelling of the floor marking alone is insufficient to ensure unambiguous identification of, for example, semifinished or finished products, this can be achieved 100 per cent through the use of floor markings. Here barcodes, item numbers or printed images can be used as additional information in combination with ORGATEX® LongLife transparent signs. The special surface texture of the floor signs refracts the light from the ceiling lighting to enable error-free scanning, e.g. of QR or barcodes, and also has a slip-resistant effect. Labels, e.g. for labelling parking spaces, can be printed in standard DIN format on ordinary paper. This, in combi- nation with the ORGATEX® LongLife transparent sign, results in exceptionally well-protected floor signage. Quickly create your own floor signage: the printout on standard paper is placed behind the specially textured film, which prevents reflections, e.g. from ceiling lights, thereby ensuring the label remains scannable. Adhesive strips around the edges protect the printout from external factors such as dust or moisture and form a secure bond with the surface simply by pressing them down. Remove dirt, grease and oil from the surface using a cleaner (LongLife Cleaner) Ideal processing temperature 18 °C to 25 °C Allow to harden for approx. 12 hours Do not overlap floor markings. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 98
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE PRODUCT RANGE Find the right fl oor marking tape for your specifi c application Always the right marking – whatever the fl oor surface or inten- ded use! With our LongLife tapes, you can apply precise markings that remain durable and resistant to wear over the long term: e.g. parking bays, main and secondary paths, or safety zones. New products, new variety! We have signifi cantly expanded our off er. New additions include the LongLife Low Duty (LD), Rough Ground, Grip and Heavy Duty (HD) products, as well as the innovative Vector™ fl oor marking tape – the world’s fi rst fl oor marking that withstands even extreme stresses caused by rotating forklift trucks over the long term. This means we off er the right solution for every application – from light-duty to the most demanding application areas. We are also happy to customise our fl oor marking tape to your specifi c requirements. This ensures you always have the right solution for your particular needs. r o o d t u O p i r G y t u D y v a e H ™ r r o o t t c c e e V V d d n n u u o o r r G G h h g g u u o o R R e e f f i i L L g g n n o o L L y y t t u u D D w w o o L L SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 100
FLOOR MARKING Overview LongLife Floor Marking Tape Low Duty LongLife Vector™ Rough Ground Outdoor Grip Heavy Duty Pedestrian traffi c Pallet truck traffi c Forklift traffi c Heavy forklift traffi c Stable at manoeuvres √ √ - - - √ √ √ - - √ √ √ - √ Material Soft-PVC PVC-Film Polyester i g n k r a M r o o F l √ √ √ - - Polyurethan (fabric-reinforced) 1.1 Slightly shiny √ √ √ - - √ √ √ - - √ √ √ √ - Polyurethan Polyurethan PVC-Film 2.8 ± 0.5 mm 1.6 ± 0.1 1.3 Matt, refl ective Slip inhibition Synthetic rubber Retro- refl ective Slightly shiny R12 (DIN EN 16165) - Synthetic rubber Modifi ed Acrylate Thickness (mm) Surface Slip class Adhesive 0.16 Matt 0.48 Slightly shiny 0.2 Glossy - - - - Rubber Modifi ed Acrylate Synthetic rubber Rubber High 0 °C to +90 °C Adhesive strength Low High Temperature range -20 °C to +120 °C -20 °C to +70 °C Very high Very high Very high Very high -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C Processing temperature ≥ 12 °C 18 to 25 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 20 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 20 °C 18 to 25 °C Available lengths (m) 33 50 50 25 12,5 25 Available widths (mm) 50/75 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 50/75/100 25 50 101
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ECO Sustainable floor marking without compromise! If you want to make your processes more sustainable, you don’t have to do without reliable floor markings. LongLife ECO combines resource-efficient materials with the proven quality of ORGATEX. Suitable for smooth industrial floors made of concrete, epoxy resin, stone or metal in indoor environments, the marking impresses with its high adhesion, long service life and forklift resistance. The PVC film, containing 40% recycled material, and the biomass-balanced adhesive reduce the carbon footprint and support sustainable production concepts. - Easy to apply - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesive strength - Scratch-resistant material - 40% recycled content in the PVC film - Biomass-balanced glue - Delivery on a roll in a dispenser box LongLife Floor Marking Tape ECO Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 LGECO50- - 02 - 04 05 - 07 - - LGECO75- - 02 - 04 05 - 07 - - Floor marking tape 100 LGECO100- - 02 - 04 05 - 07 - - Rolls/pack, roll length 50 m 50 m 50 m SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 102
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE ECO REDUCES CO₂ THROUGH THREE KEY APPROACHES: NO COMPROMISE ON PERFORMANCE: PROPERTIES LONGLIFE Thickness (mm) Surface Adhesive 0.48 Slightly shiny Acrylate Material PVC LONGLIFE ECO 0.48 Slightly shiny Acrylate, biomass- balanced PVC with 40% recy- cled content Adhesive strength (N/cm) 13,6 13.6 Temperature range (°C) -20 to 70 -20 to 70 i g n k r a M r o o F l Processing temperature (°C) Pedestrian traffic Lift truck traffic Forklift traffic Liner 18 to 25 18 to 25 yes yes yes Paper yes yes yes Unbleached paper with 30% recy- cled content COMPARISON OF PRODUCT PROPERTIES BETWEEN LONGLIFE AND LONGLIFE ECO 1. RECYCLED CONTENT IN THE FILM: The PVC film consists of 40% recycled materials. This enables us to reduce the need for new fossil-based film material and cut CO₂ emissions that would otherwise be generated during the production of new raw materials. 2. BIOMASS BALANCE IN THE ADHESIVE: The adhesive is manufactured using the biomass balance method. In this process, fossil raw materials are partially replaced by renewa- ble, biobased raw materials such as bio-naphtha or bio-methane. This enables the use of existing production systems, reduces the carbon footprint and promotes a gradual transition to sustainable raw materials. 3. LINER MADE FROM RECYCLED PAPER: The liner now consists of 30% recycled paper, which saves additional resources. SCOPE 1 Direct emissions SCOPE 3 Indirect emissions within the value chain Stationary combustion Mobile combustion Volatile emissions Process emissions M A E R T S N W O D S E I T I V I T C A Use and disposal of sold products Investments Franchisees Leased equipment disposal to other organisations SCOPE 2 Indirect emissions from purchased energy SCOPE 3 Indirect emissions within the value chain Purchased electricity, power, heating and Purchased goods Transport, distribution cooling for own use and services by suppliers Capital goods such as buildings, vehicles and Business travel and services Company shuttle Waste generation machinery E G A P Y N A P M O C M A E R T S P U S E I T I V I T C A LongLife Eco helps to reduce Scope 3 emissions and thus cont- ributes to the implementation of sustainability strategies. From 2025, companies falling under the Corporate Sustainability Re- porting Directive (CSRD) will be required to measure their Scope 3 emissions and disclose them in their sustainability reports. Scope 3 emissions comprise indirect emissions from the supply chain (upstream emissions) and from the use of products and services (downstream emissions). LongLife Eco is one of the upstream activities and saves approximately 30% CO₂e per Roll compared with our standard LongLife product. 103
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE LOW DUTY The cost-effective solution for low-traffic areas! Show your staff the way: with our LongLife LD PVC tape! This has been specially developed to mark out and demarcate hazardous zones and to warn of unsafe areas. It is therefore intended for temporary use and is perfect for areas where the floor is subject to minimal wear and tear. The marking tape impresses with its robust construction and is resistant to general abrasion. It also adapts to a wide variety of materials and surfaces – including concrete screed, MMA coatings and tiles. The LongLife LD can be used both inside and in sheltered outdoor areas. This allows you to create clear layouts for greater safety! - Suitable for smooth floors - For inside and sheltered outdoor areas - Resistant to abrasion, degradation and moisture - Solid consistency - Adapts to surfaces - Ensures safety LongLife Floor Marking Tape Low Duty Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Rolls/pack, roll length Floor marking tape Floor marking tape Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 50 75 75 LGLD50- 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 - - 3 x 33 m LGLD50- - - - - - - - SG RW 3 x 33 m LGLD75- 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 - - 2 x 33 m LGLD75- - - - - - - - SG RW 2 x 33 m SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 104
FLOOR MARKING FLOOR MARKING TAPE Vector™ WORLD FIRST i g n k r a M r o o F l Set the new standard for forklift-resistant floor markings! With Vector™ – the world’s first floor marking that withstands the extreme rotational movements of forklifts over the long term. It is precisely where forklifts turn on the spot that enormous compressive and torsional forces arise, causing conventional markings to fray, peel off or be destroyed. Vector™ has been specifically developed to withstand these stresses: the combination of a high-strength backing film, a slim design and a friction-optimised surface minimises shear forces during turning and ensures the marking retains its shape permanently. The high performance adhesive system secures the tape firmly to the substrate even under the most intensive use and prevents the edges from peeling away. Vector™ is ideally suited to smooth industrial floors such as concrete or epoxy resin, as well as to the heavy traffic of industrial trucks fitted with PU or super-elastic tyres. The smooth surface facilitates cleaning and maintains visibility, ensuring that pathways and areas remain clearly recognisable at all times. This reduces maintenance costs, material consumption and downtime, whilst creating a safe and efficient working environment. Choose the new benchmark for forklift-resistant floor markings! ALSO AVAILABLE AS CUSTOM-CUT SHEETS! FROM P.120 Floor Marking Tape Vector™ Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length/ Pack Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 LGV50- LGV75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m Floor marking tape 100 LGV100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 105
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE The all-rounder for permanently organised workspaces! Unclear traffic routes and storage areas lead to wasted time searching, errors and unnecessary risks in day-to-day work. LongLife Standard creates a permanently visible floor layout and supports efficient Lean and 5S processes. The floor marking is suitable for smooth industrial floors such as concrete, epoxy resin, stone or metal surfaces indoors and reliably withstands regular forklift traffic. High abrasion resistance, strong adhesion and quick installation ensure long-lasting labelling and consistently safe operations. - Easy application - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Scratch-resistant material - Delivery on a roll in a dispenser box SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 106
FLOOR MARKING g n u g r e n k k r r a a m M i i - n e r o d o o B F l LongLife Floor Marking Tape Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length/ Pack LG-50-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - LG-75-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 45°-Degree Angle 100 LG-100-W45- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 90°-Degree Angle 90°-Degree Angle 50 75 LG-50-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - LG-75-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - 90°-Degree Angle 100 LG-100-W90- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 - - - - LG50- LG75- LG100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG BW GW RW SW 50 m 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 SG - - - - 50 m LG50-ESD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 m LG75-ESD - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 m Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 Floor marking tape 100 Floor marking tape ESD Protected Area Floor marking tape ESD Protected Area 45°-Degree Angle 45°-Degree Angle 50 75 50 75 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 107
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE INDIVIDUAL Customised floor markings for individual processes! Not every production or logistics process can be accommodated by standard solutions. LongLife Individual enables bespoke floor markings for smooth or rough industrial floors, both inside and outside. Whether special formats, custom colours, symbols or QR codes – every marking is tailored precisely to your requirements. This results in solutions that simplify processes, provide clear guidance and optimally support your visual factory. - Easy application - Forklift-proof - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Scratch-resistant material LongLife Floor Marking Tape Individual Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. Floor Marking Tape Individual Floor Marking Tape Individual 50 75 Floor Marking Tape Individual 100 LG50-IND LG75-IND LG100-IND Roll length On request On request On request SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 108
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE GRIP Safe floor marking with integrated anti-slip protection! Slippery traffic and work areas increase the risk of accidents and compro- mise safe working procedures. LongLife Grip combines highly visible floor marking with an anti-slip surface and is suitable for smooth industrial floors in production, warehousing and logistics. The anti-slip properties ensure greater footing stability, whilst the robust execution remains clearly visible even under regular wear and tear – ideal for areas with heightened safety requirements. i g n k r a M r o o F l - Suitable for both smooth and textured fl oors - For indoor use - Hard-wearing and self-adhesive - Non-slip and retro-refl ective - Easy to apply - Wear-resistant - Suitable for various surfaces - Can be driven on immediately LongLife Floor Marking Tape Grip Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape Floor Marking Tape 50 75 Floor Marking Tape 100 LGGRIP50- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG LGGRIP75- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG LGGRIP100- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 25 25 25 109
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE FTS Precise guidance for automated guided vehicles! Automated material flows require permanent precise guidance. LongLife FTS has been specially developed for smooth industrial floors in production and logistics areas and ensures reliable optical guidance for automated guided vehicles. The wear-resistant surface reduces maintenance requirements and supports a smooth flow of materials – for greater process reliability and higher system availability. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 110
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l i g n s s o r C h c t i w S - W LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE FTS Plan your route using the following elements: ) s d o o g l l o r ( t h g a r t S i e v r u C ) t h g i r / t f e l ( h c t i w s - Y h c t i w s - V Extra-tip: Whether it is special elements, the choice of colours or integrated QR and barcodes – we are also happy to produce the routes individually according to your wishes. - Create customised route networks - Little wear and tear with high loads - Excellent traction - Special elements possible, e.g. QR codes LongLife Floor Marking Tape FTS Version Straight Curve Switch Y left Switch Y right Switch V Switch W Crossing Order no. LGFTS LGFTS-KURVE LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-L LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-R LGFTS-WEICHE-V LGFTS-WEICHE-W LGFTS-KREUZUNG We manufacture markings according to your specifications and requirements. Let us know! 111
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ROUGH GROUND The specialist solution for rough and textured surfaces! Rough floor surfaces place high demands on the adhesion of floor markings. LongLife Rough Ground has been specially developed for asphalt, concrete, paving, textured coatings and rough industrial floors. Its high initial adhesion and durable surface ensure permanent, secure markings, even on challenging surfaces. Ideal for production and logistics areas where standard markings quickly reach their limits. - Textured & smooth fl oors - For indoor use - MMA coatings (anti-slip), tiles, concrete paving - High adhesive strength - Easy application - Wear-resistant - Self-adhesive LongLife Floor Marking Tape Rough Ground Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape Floor Marking Tape 50 75 Floor Marking Tape 100 LGRG50- LGRG75- 01 02 04 05 07 01 02 04 05 07 LGRG100- 01 02 04 05 07 25 25 25 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 112
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE HEAVY DUTY Maximum load-bearing capacity for heavy-duty and forklift traffic! In areas with permanent forklift and heavy-duty traffic, floor markings must withstand the most extreme stresses. LongLife Heavy Duty has been developed for heavily used concrete, epoxy resin and other smooth industrial floors. The particularly robust material thickness withstands intense mechanical stress and ensures that traffic routes, parking areas and safety zones remain clearly visible in the long term. This reduces maintenance requirements and increases process reliability. i g n k r a M r o o F l - Long-lasting on heavily used surfaces - High adhesive strength, low abrasion - Milled edge to resist lateral forces LongLife Floor Marking Tape Heavy Duty Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor Marking Tape 50 LGHD50- 01 02 04 05 07 25 113
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE OUTDOOR Reliable outdoor floor marking! Outdoor walkways and safety zones are exposed to the elements, UV radiation and temperature fluctuations on a daily basis. LongLife Outdoor has been specially developed for asphalt, concrete and other paved outdoor surfaces. The weather- and UV-resistant execution ensures that labelling remains clearly visible on company premises, loading bays and walkways, and helps to ensure safe outdoor operations. - Textured & smooth surfaces - MMA coatings, anti-slip, tiles, concrete paving - High adhesive strength - Easy to apply - Wear-resistant - Self-adhesive SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 114
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Floor Marking Tape Outdoor Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGOD50- LGOD75- LGOD100- 02 04 02 04 02 04 12.5 12.5 12.5 115
FLOOR MARKING FLOOR MARKING TAPE ESD Protection in sensitive ESD areas! In electrostatically sensitive production environments, protection against electrostatic discharge (ESD) is crucial for product quality, staff safety and the prevention of costly component damage. The ORGATEX ESD floor marking tape combines professional floor marking with reliable ESD protection, thereby enabling the clear demarcation of ESDprotected areas (EPAs). - ESD protection on both sides (adhesive and surface) - Surface resistance < 1.0 × 10¹⁰ Ω - Resistance to ground < 1.0 ×10⁹ Ω - Long service life thanks to the PET coating - Proven ESD protection for safety in sensitive areas - Dimensionally stable and removable without leaving any residue SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 116
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ESD FLOOR MARKING TAPE Material Thickness Surface resistance Resistance to ground Vinyl with PET laminate 0.4 mm ± 0.1 < 1 x 10¹⁰ Ω < 1 x 10⁹ Ω Adhesive Acrylate adhesive Temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C Processing temperature ≥12 °C Floor Marking Tape ESD Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGESD50- 01 02 04 05 07 08 LGESD75- 01 02 04 05 07 08 LGESD100- 01 02 04 05 07 08 33 33 33 117
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE BLANKS ON A ROLL Mark large areas quickly and cost-effectively! Recurring floor markings must be applied quickly, precisely and cost-effectively. LongLife pre-cut strips on a roll provide ready-made marking elements that are particularly efficient to apply and ensure a uniform finish. Suitable for smooth industrial floors such as concrete, epoxy resin, stone or metal in indoor environments, they simplify the labelling of workstations, storage areas and walkways. The quick application saves installation time, reduces waste and supports the professional implementation of Lean and 5S concepts. Marking strips on rolls make it considerably easier to lay segmented floor markings. The pre-cut strips on rolls simplify this process enormously, as they can simply be unrolled and applied directly to the floor by removing the liner. One roll contains 25 metres with 52 strips or, depending on the format chosen, 92 or 138 dots. Available widths are 50 and 75 mm, as well as our tried-and-tested LongLife colours. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 118
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l - Simplified application of segmented floor markings - Reduced effort required for applying dotted lines in Production - Practical application as required for the quick replacement of worn parts or the creation of lines that can be driven over LongLife Dots on Rolls Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Rolls/Pack, roll length Dots Dots 50 75 LGR-50-P-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 LGR-75-P-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m 25 m LongLife Dashes on Rolls Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Rolls/Pack, roll length Dashes Dashes 50 75 LG-50220-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 LG-75220-R- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 25 m 25 m DISTANCE BETWEEN DOTS (mm) DISTANCE BETWEEN DASHES (mm) 130* 195* 50 75 50 75 50 x 220 75 x 220 260* 260* 50 x 220 75 x 220 * Tolerance ± 2 mm 119
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE & VECTOR™ SYMBOLS Two durability levels. One clear guidance system. LongLife and Vector™ symbols enable quick and highly visible labelling of walkways, storage areas, crossings and traffic zones in warehouses and production facilities. Different shapes and colours aid clear orientation and can be flexibly combined to create individual marking systems. LongLife symbols are the versatile standard solution for areas with normal to heavy use. Vector™ symbols have been specially developed for areas with heavy forklift traffic and can withstand even high shear and torsional loads caused by industrial trucks. This ensures that the right marking solution is available for every type of traffic and floor load. - Clear demarcation of traffic and work areas - Available in various shapes, sizes and colours - Quick and easy to apply - LongLife for universal standard applications - Vector™ for heavy-duty use and rotating industrial truck wheels SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 120
FLOOR MARKING LongLife Symbols For general marking tasks under normal to heavy-duty conditions: walkways and storage areas Warehouse and production areas – costeffective standard solution Vector™ Symbols For areas with heavy forklift traffic high shear and torsional loads; frequent forklift movements Manoeuvring and junction areas – particularly durable execution i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Symbols Version T-pcs. T-pcs. L-Angle L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 50 75 50 75 LG-50-T- LG-75-T- LG-50-L- LG-75-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 75 x 350 LG-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LG-75350- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 100 x 500 LG-100500- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Square Square Square 50 75 100 Vector™ Symbols LG-50-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LG-75-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LG-100-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Version T-pcs. T-pcs. L-Angle L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 50 75 50 75 LGV-50-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-75-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-50-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-75-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 75 x 350 LGV-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-75350- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 100 x 500 LGV-100500- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Square Square Square 50 75 100 LGV-50-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-75-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGV-100-Q- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 121
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE & VECTOR™ SYMBOLS LONGLIFE & VECTOR™ SYMBOLE ROUNDED ROUNDED Permanently label walkways and parking spaces with rounded symbols LongLife and Vector™ Rounded symbols provide clear, durable markings for walkways, parking spaces and traffic areas. Their rounded contours fit into warehouse and production environments and can be combined flexibly. LongLife Symbols Rounded are the robust standard solution for areas subject to normal to heavy wear. Vector™ Symbols Rounded are designed for areas with heavy forklift traffic and withstand high shear and torsional loads. Both ranges offer rounded markings for different traffic conditions. - Clear organisation of traffic and work areas - Rounded contours for a harmonious appearance - Available in various shapes, sizes and colours - LongLife for universal standard applications - Vector™ for high shear and torsional loads SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 122
FLOOR MARKING LongLife Symbols Rounded For general marking tasks involving normal to heavy-duty use, including walkways and storage areas Warehouse and production areas – costeffective standard solution Vector™ symbols (Rounded) For areas with heavy forklift traffic high shear and torsional loads; frequent forklift movements Manoeuvring and junction areas – particularly durable execution i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Symbols Rounded Version T-Piece L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 90 90 LGR-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGR-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGR-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Dots Cross (2 Parts) 90 90 LGR-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGR-90-K- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Vector™ Symbols Rounded Version T-Piece L-Angle Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 90 90 LGRV-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGRV-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGRV-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Dots Cross (2 Parts) 90 90 LGRV-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGRV-90-K- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 123
FLOOR MARKING INDIVIDUAL CUSTOM-CUT Floor markings tailored precisely to your requirements! Special areas, complex processes or in-house standards cannot always be effectively represented using standard shapes. Individual markings are manufactured to the exact shape, size, colour and material required for the application. Depending on the design, they are suitable for smooth, rough or slip-prone industrial floors. This ensures you receive customised labelling that improves orientation, reduces installation effort and blends seamlessly into your visual workplace organisation. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 124
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l Available options: - Individual formats and layouts - Personalised printing - Anti-slip surfaces (e.g. R10, R11, R13) - Adhesives for rough floors - Phosphorescent materials (‘glow-in-the-dark’) CHOOSE FROM A RANGE OF OPTIONS: Special surfaces R 10 R 11 R 13 GLOW IN THE DARK Various adhesives SLIPPERY SURFACE ROUGH GROUND Glue Substrate Our service team will be happy to assist you in choosing the right material and layout, whether for challenging surfaces, use in cold storage areas or an anti-slip coating. ORGATEX® process: 02 Off er 03 Layout approval 05 Production 06 Delivery 01 Enquiry 04 Order Please contact our service team. E-Mail: sales@orgatex.de Tel.: +49 2173 1064-0 125
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS FOOT AND ARROW Guide people safely and clearly through the workplace! Unclear walking routes increase the risk of dangerous encounters between pedestrians and industrial trucks. LongLife ‘Symbols Foot and Arrow’ label directions and pedestrian routes directly on the floor. They are suitable for smooth, clean industrial floors such as concrete, epoxy resin, stone or metal in indoor environments and reliably withstand regular forklift traffic. The abrasion-resistant execution improves orientation and helps to safely separate traffic flows within the workplace. - Easy application - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesion - Directional SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 126
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Symbols Foot and Arrow Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack Foot Arrow 90 x 280 100 x 175 LGSTP- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGPF- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 127
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS HEAVY DUTY Robust surface marking for the most demanding conditions! In areas with heavy traffic, conventional floor markings are quickly damaged by shear forces and heavy loads. LongLife Symbols Heavy Duty have been developed for high-traffic, smooth industrial floors made of concrete or epoxy resin in indoor environments. The particularly durable execution withstands intensive forklift traffic and ensures that parking spaces, storage zones and process areas remain clearly visible over the long term, whilst reducing maintenance requirements. - Excellent adhesion - Extremely robust - Forklift-proof SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 128
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Symbols Heavy Duty Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code T-Pcs. L-Angle 50 50 LGHD-50-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 LGHD-50-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 LGHD-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Pack 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 129
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SYMBOLS HEAVY DUTY ROUNDED Maximum durability with edge-optimised design! Heavy forklift traffic places particular strain on the corners and edges of floor markings. LongLife Symbols Heavy Duty Rounded combine a heavy-duty material design with rounded contours. They are suitable for smooth concrete and epoxy resin floors in high-traffic indoor areas. The edge-optimised design reduces peeling, extends the service life and ensures that parking bay and area markings remain clean and clear over the long term. - Excellent adhesion - Extremely robust - Forklift-proof SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 130
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Symbols Heavy Duty Rounded Version Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code T-Pcs. L-Angle Dot 90 90 90 LGRHD-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 LGRHD-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 LGRHD-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGRHD-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Pack 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 20 pcs. 131
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE MODULE Extremely durable Parking space marking for block storage! In heavy-duty areas, conventional markings are quickly damaged by forklift trucks, pallets and high point loads. The LongLife Module is made from shatter-resistant plastic and is suitable for smooth, loadbearing industrial floors in indoor areas. Whether self-adhesive or additionally secured with hammer-in anchors, it creates permanently clear storage bays with minimal maintenance. - Extremely robust - Scratch-resistant - Self-adhesive and optionally available with additional perforations for hammer-in anchors (6 x 40 mm) SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 132
FLOOR MARKING i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Module Version Square Format (WxL) (mm) Order no. + Colour code 75 x 75 LGMOD-SK- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Square with perforation 75 x 75 LGMOD-ND- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Impact dowel 6 x 40 LG6X40ND 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Pack 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 133
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE MODUL L-ANGLE Mark parking spaces permanently – even on difficult surfaces! Uneven, oily or heavily worn surfaces make it difficult to mark parking spaces reliably. The LongLife Module L-Angle is mechani- cally fixed and is suitable for load-bearing surfaces made of concrete, asphalt or paving, both inside and outdoors. The forklift-proof, scratch-resistant execution ensures that storage spaces remain clearly visible even under heavy loads. - Suitable for inside and outdoor use - Extremely robust - Easy to install, even on uneven or oily floors - Forklift-proof - Scratch-resistant - Incl. mounting material LongLife Modul L-Angle Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack L-Angle 50 LGMOD-L- 01 02 03 04 05 07 08 20 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 134
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW HEAVY DUTY Clear floor markings remain legible despite heavy Forklift traffic! In heavily used pallet storage areas, conventional floor windows are quickly damaged. LongLife Clear View protects the signage with a rounded frame made of anodised aluminium and a removable acrylic glass panel. Designed for load-bearing concrete floors indoors, the window is bolted in place and withstands high mechanical loads over the long term. i g n k r a M r o o F l - High adhesive strength - Robust, anodised aluminium - Removable acrylic glass pane - Includes hammer-in anchors LongLife Clear view Heavy Duty self-adhesive Version Format (WxHxD) (mm) DIN A5 inkl. Schlagdübel 250 x 310 x 3 Order no. LGHD-KL-A5 Pack 2 pcs. 135
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW VARIATIONS Parking space information permanently protected and perfectly matched to the surface LongLife Clear View windows reliably protect labels, documents and barcodes from abrasion, dirt and mechanical stress. Thanks to the transparent, scanner-readable surface, information remains clearly legible over the long term and is ideal for the labelling of parking spaces in warehousing, production and logistics areas. The right variant is available depending on the floor surface: LongLife Clear View for smooth industrial floors, LongLife Clear View Dirt-Repellent for areas with increased cleaning requirements, and LongLife Clear View Rough Ground for rough and textured surfaces requiring particularly high adhesion. CLEAR VIEW The universal standard. For smooth, clean industrial floors and daily use in warehouses and Production facilities. CLEAR VIEW DIRT-REPELLENT Particularly easy to clean. For areas with dust, dirt or where frequent cleaning is required. For permanently good legibility. CLEAR VIEW ROUGH GROUND Developed to meet the highest standards. For textured, uneven or heavily used floors with high adhesion requirements. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 136
FLOOR MARKING COMPARISON OF VARIANTS PROPERTY CLEAR VIEW CLEAR VIEW DIRT-REPELLENT CLEAR VIEW ROUGH GROUND i g n k r a M r o o F l Suitable for smooth floors Suitable for rough floors Ease of cleaning Adhesive strength Resistant to dust and dirt Typical applications Standard warehouses, production facilities, clean areas Highly soiled areas, frequent cleaning Rough floors, textured industrial floors LongLife Clear View Version Format (WxH) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LG-KL-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LG-KL-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN 310 x 250 LG-KL-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 310 x 200 LG-KL-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. LongLife Clear View Dirt Repellent Version Format (WxH) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LG-KLS-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LG-KLS-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN 310 x 250 LG-KLS-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 310 x 200 LG-KLS-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. LongLife Clear View Rough Ground Version Format (WxH) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LGRG-KL-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LGRG-KL-1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN 310 x 250 LGRG-KL-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 310 x 200 LGRG-KL-1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 RW GW BW SW SG 10 pcs. 137
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE CLEAR VIEW CIRCLE / ARROW Flexible floor markings for parking spaces and material flows! Stops, directions and storage locations must be immediately clear. LongLife Clear Circle and Arrow accommodate replaceable documents and are suitable for smooth, clean indoor industrial floors. The coloured border improves orientation, whilst the scratch-resistant surface and wide adhesive areas ensure that process instructions remain clearly visible over the long term. - Easy application - Clear labelling through colour coding - Excellent adhesion thanks to wide adhesive surfaces - High abrasion resistance - Scratch-resistant material LongLife Clear View Circle / Arrow Format (W x H / Ø) (mm) Order no. + Colour code For documents/ ET Pack 210 LG-KL-KREIS- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 ET136 320 x 100 LG-KL-PFEIL- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 HB 88 290 x 45 mm Version Circle Arrow Cardboard insert, white 136 x 136 ET136 Cardboard insert, printed 136 x 136 ET136-HALTE- STELLE SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 138 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 5 pcs.
FLOOR MARKING MORE THAN JUST PRODUCTS Discover the world of ORGATEX. In our shop, you’ll fi nd more than just innovative solutions for lean management and intralogistics. Benefi t from practical blog posts, expert knowledge, services and the latest e-catalogue. Be inspired and fi nd the right solution for your processes. Blog E-catalogue Services Practical knowledge and tips from experts. Discover all products digitally. Comprehensive support. Advice Personal. Expert. Individual. DISCOVER NOW orgatex.com Rapid availability Proven solutions Expert advice 139
FLOOR MARKING SET FOR PARKING SPACE MARKING Labelling ten pallet spaces quickly and consistently takes time and makes it difficult to achieve a consistent result. The set combines L-Angle, longitudinal m., clear windows and transpa- rent fixing points for ten storage bays. It is suitable for smooth, clean indoor industrial floors and simplifies order placement, installation and label positioning – reducing search times and ensuring clear goods flows. - Easy installation - Clear labelling through colour coding - Excellent adhesion thanks to wide adhesive surfaces - High abrasion resistance - Scratch-resistant material SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 140
FLOOR MARKING 40 x 20 x 10 x The 50 mm wide L-Angles and longitudinal markings, together with the A4-sized transparent windows, clearly identify the pallet storage spaces. The set is designed for 10 storage spaces. In addition, transparent fixing points make it easier to attach the window. The label on the floor does not slip out of place. i g n k r a M r o o F l - Simplified ordering process - Fixing points for the document - Common 5S colours - Other widths and DIN formats available on request Set for parking space marking Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Parking space marking 50 LG50-SP- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 141
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE COLD PERFORMANCE Our new LongLife Cold Performance floor marking is suitable for labelling of traffic routes, parking spaces, hazard areas or escape routes. It has been developed specifically for industrial environ- ments with extremely low ambient temperatures. - Adhesion temperature down to -20 °C - High adhesion and holding power in cold environments - Easy to apply - High durability - 5S projects in deep-freeze areas - Available in a wide range of colours and executions SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 142
FLOOR MARKING LongLife Cold Performance Floor Marking Tapes Version Format (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll Floor Marking Tape 50 mm LGCP50- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m Floor Marking Tape 75 mm LGCP75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m Floor Marking Tape 100 mm LGCP100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 m i g n k r a M r o o F l LongLife Cold Performance Symbols Version T-Pcs. L-Angle Format (mm) 50 50 Order no. + Colour code Pack LGCP-50-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGCP-50-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 50 x 250 LGCP-50250- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. T-Pcs. L-Angle 75 75 LGCP-75-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGCP-75-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 75 x 350 LGCP-75350- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LongLife Cold Performance Clear View Version Format (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 400 x 310 LGCP-KL-A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. 1/2 DIN A4 400 x 205 LGCP-KL- 1/2A4- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A5 1/3 DIN 310 x 250 LGCP-KL-A5- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. 310 x 200 LGCP-KL- 1/3DIN- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. LongLife Cold Performance Symbols Rounded Version T-Pcs. L-Angle Format (mm) 90 90 Order no. + Colour code Pack LGRCP-90-T- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. LGRCP-90-L- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Longitudinal m. 90 x 450 LGRCP-90450- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. Dot 90 LGRCP-90-P- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 88 50 pcs. 143
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE REMOVER/CLEANER/ PRIMER/EDGE SEALER LongLife Remover: When removing old floor markings, adhesive residues often remain on the floor. LongLife Remover is ideal for removing this residue. LongLife Cleaner: Before applying the floor markings, make sure that the floor is free of dust and oil. We recommend our LongLife Cleaner for pre-cleaning the floors.. LongLife Primer: Primer to increase the adhesive strength on critical surfaces. Always necessary in outdoor areas. LongLife edge sealing: Sealing prevents the penetration of moisture, e.g. in outdoor areas. 140 ml is sufficient for approx. 10 - 15 m. LongLife Remover/Cleaner/Primer/edge sealing Designation LongLife Remover LongLife Cleaner LongLife Primer Order no. LG-REMOVER/6 LG-CLEANER/6 LG-PRIMER LongLife edge sealing LG-VERSIEGELUNG SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 144 Pack 6 x 1 l 6 x 1 l 1 l 140 ml
LONGLIFE TRIMMING SYSTEM FLOOR MARKING Cut floor markings precisely and securely! Inaccurate cuts make it difficult to achieve clean joints and a professional finish. The LongLife Trimming System secures floor marking tape whilst cutting to length and enables precise cuts at angles of 90° or 45° for widths of 50, 75 and 100 mm. The stainless steel guide reduces slippage, facilitates installation and ensures even transitions and angles. i g n k r a M r o o F l - Angle: 90° - Angle: 45°, on both sides - Execution: stainless steel - Suitable for all widths: 50/75/100 mm LongLife Trimming System Format (WxL) 120 x 250 mm Order no. LG-TS100 145
FLOOR MARKING LONGLIFE SCRAPER Remove old floor markings ergonomically whilst standing! Removing self-adhesive markings is often time-consuming and puts strain on your knees and back. The 1,200 mm long LongLife Scraper enables an effort-saving working posture and efficiently removes floor marking tape from industrial floors. The lightweight cast aluminium, non-slip handle and replaceable blades ensure quick changes and clean surfaces. - Length: 1,200 mm - Blade width: 125 mm - Includes 3 replacement blades - Made from lightweight, robust cast aluminium LongLife Scraper Designation LongLife Scraper Order no. LG-Schaber Format 1200 mm (L) Pack 1 pc. Replacement blades LG-Schaber-K 125 mm x 25 mm (WxH) 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 146
LONGLIFE PRESSURE ROLLER FLOOR MARKING Even contact pressure for reliable bonding! Markings that are pressed down unevenly can form air bubbles or come loose prematurely. The LongLife pressure roller distributes the pressure evenly and makes it easier to apply floor markings, signs and anti-slip products. The 75 mm wide rubber roller is particularly suitable for textured surfaces and improves adhesion across the entire bonding area. i g n k r a M r o o F l - Rubber roller - Roller width: 75 mm LongLife Pressure Roller Roller width 75 mm Order no. LG-ANDRUCKROLLER 147
INSERTION SYSTEMS INSER INSER INSER TIONTION TION SYSSYS SYS TEMS TEMS TEMS KANBAN is a method for optimising production processes that has become an integral part of modern, lean logistics. It is based on the pull principle, whereby materials are produced or delivered to production according to demand. In practice, this is implemented with the help of KANBAN boards, which work according to the traffi c light principle. 148 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
INSERTION SYSTEMS n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Lot-Size-KANBAN .................................................................152 Heijunka-Board ..........................................................................153 KANBAN-Starterset KANBAN starter sets: variations .............................................154 System box DIN A4 .............................................................................158 System box DIN A4: accessories .............................................159 KANBAN System box ....................................................................... 160 System box: accessories .................................................................161 Cardplan® Boards ..................................................................163 Cardplan®: accessories ..................................................................166 Planning panel stand, suspension rails .....168 Desktop document holder ..........................................170 Desktop document holder: accessories ............................ 171 KANBAN-Letterbox, transparent ........................................... 172 Primus view box ....................................................................... 174 Primus column or row systems/accessories .................176 Primus single compartments .....................................................177 Work documents sleeve DIN A4..............................................178 Primus workstation bag .................................................................179 katalog.orgatex.com/ insertionsystems Scan to fi nd out more. KANBAN cards from emptied containers are inserted into the KANBAN board, sorted by part number. Once the yellow zone is reached, the person responsible can decide whether to produce more. Naturally, we can also manufacture a bespoke KANBAN or Lot-Size KANBAN board for you, tailored precisely to the needs of your business. Once the red zone is reached, production must commence immediately or stock must be replenished. At ORGATEX®, you can obtain all the tools required for production control via KANBAN. Our range includes not only all individual components, along with a comprehensive range of acces- sories to meet your specific needs, but also KANBAN starter sets in various sizes and executions, enabling you to get started straight away. Another method within the framework of Lean Produc- tion is Heijunka (from the Japanese for ‘levelling’ or ‘smoothing’). A Heijunka board makes it possible to organise production more evenly and also to respond to fluctuations or specific characteristics in demand. At ORGATEX®, we create these organisational systems individually tailored to your needs. 149
INSERTION SYSTEMS INFOGRAPHIC INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-Board Traffic light KANBAN board (with system boxes) Fast and simple assembly From the KANBAN Card up to the KANBAN Board Customized to the needs of your perduction SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 150
INSERTION SYSTEMS 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 3 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 4 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 0 2 8 0 1 5 6 0 1 5 Cardplan boards Consisting of insertion slots arranged in rows. The insertion slots are designed so that both individual documents and small stacks of documents (up to 2 mm thickness) are securely fixed. The boards can be combined or extended to any width. Customised solutions Creation according to your individual requirements. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Printing (inlays) Printout on standard paper or our pre-punched cardboard inserts Common 5S colours Ongoing development 5 1 0 6 5 1 0 8 2 0 0 0.0 0 0 0.3 0 0 1.0 0 0 1.3 0 0 2.0 0 0 2.3 0 0 3.0 0 0 3.3 0 0 4.0 0 1 2 0 6 5 1 0 8 2 0 0 4.3 0 0 5.0 0 0 5.3 0 0 6.0 0 0 6.3 0 0 7.0 0 0 7.3 0 Primus visual compartment systems Configure the desired height and width. Heijunka-Board Extend or rearrange, e.g. to form rows With the aid of a Heijunka Board, the of compartments, hang individual com- quantity to be produced can be organised partments, etc. To extend the system, into a sequence or a time grid and simply pull out the end panel and attach thus levelled out. Every ORGATEX® further extension elements or insert Heijunka board is manufactured to your them at any point. All elements can be individual specifications. This ensures rearranged vertically or horizontally or that its height, width and individual extended and subdivided at any time.. elements are precisely tailored to you and the needs of your production. 151
INSERTION SYSTEMS LOT-SIZE-KANBAN Fluctuating replenishment and unnecessarily high stock levels hinder a stable material flow. The individually configured Lot-Size KANBAN board consistently manages pre-defined quantities according to the pull principle and makes current demand visible at all times. This reduces stock levels, smooths out replenishment processes and reliably aligns Production with actual consumption. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 152
HEIJUNKA-BOARD INSERTION SYSTEMS An individually configured Heijunka board arranges production orders in a defined sequence – optimised for changeover times if required – and distributes them across a clear time grid. This levels out fluctuations and creates predictable, stable production processes. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S 153
INSERTION SYSTEMS Getting started with a visual pull system often fails due to difficulties in selecting and coordinating individual components. The KANBAN starter set bundles all essential elements into a complete solution that is ready for immediate use. Available in various sizes and as mobile or stationary versions, it supports a quick start, clear control loops and transparent replenishment processes. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S 155
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN STARTER SETS VERSIONS Order no. with stand Order no. without stand SYSB-Starter-M SYSB-Starter-M-W Starter Set M (for up to 200 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Metal frame on castors Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm System box Insert label, small, cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN letterbox Magnetic Windows 1 + 1 1 2 1 KS129-G K531-G K230-G 200 200 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 8 SYSB-HE-169 20 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 2 1 SYSB-WH-4 KAN-SERM116 KAN-MW- A4H-04/-05 Order no. with stand Order no. without stand SYSB-Starter-L SYSB-Starter-L-W Starter Set L (for up to 300 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Metal frame on castors Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm System box Insert label, small, cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN-Letterbox 1 3 1 KS179-G K531-G K230-G 300 300 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 12 SYSB-HE-169 30 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 3 1 SYSB-WH-4 KAN-SERM116 Magnetic Windows 1 + 1 KAN-MW-A4H-04/-05 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 156
INSERTION SYSTEMS Starter Set XL (for up to 400 Cards) Contains Piece Order no. Order no. with stand Order no. without stand SYSB-Starter- XL-W n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Metal frames on castors 1 KS204-G SYSB-Starter-XL Greyboard, 1085 x 500 mm 4 K531-G Greyboard, 1085 x 250 mm - - System box Insert label, small, Cardboard inserts ET33-75K Insert label, large, Cardboard inserts ET33-168K Barrier label, Cardboard inserts ET33-168K System box 4-fold Wall bracket KANBAN-Letterbox Magnetic Windows 400 400 SYSB-07 SYSB-HE-35 16 SYSB-HE-169 40 SYSB-HE-35-SPERR 4 - - SYSB-WH-4 - - 157
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX DIN A4 Extensive production documentation, work instructions or order folders require a fixed, clearly visible storage space. The System box DIN A4 securely holds individual documents or thicker sets of documents and is available in two depths. Thanks to its modular design, rows and columns can be flexibly expanded – for clearly organised information right at the point of the process. - Expandable as required - Available with a storage depth of 6 or 18 mm - Compatible with all System boxes System box DIN A4,deep, Filling depth: 18 mm System box DIN A4,flat, Filling depth: 6 mm System box DIN A4 Format (WxHxD) (mm) Filling depth (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 242 x 262 x 6 242 x 262 x 6 242 x 262 x 18 242 x 262 x 18 158 6 6 18 18 SYSB-A4S- SYSB-A4S- SYSB-A4B- SYSB-A4B- 07 - - 20 07 - - 20 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX DIN A4 ACCESSORIES Adjustable base for system box Order no. SYSB-A4-WH-1 Format (WxH) (mm) 230 x 175 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Additional bracket for system boxes, fl at (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-A4S-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fixed in place using the additional bracket Additional bracket for system boxes, deep (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-A4B-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fi xed in place using the additional bracket Clip-in label DIN A4, transparent, small Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-A4-HE-90 200 x 90 Pack 10 pcs. Clip-in label DIN A4, transparent, large Order no. Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-A4-HE-242 200 x 242 Pack 10 pcs. 159
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-SYSTEM BOX Loose cards or disorganised storage compromise reliable replenishment control. The KANBAN-System Box keeps cards, label pockets and documents securely to hand and, thanks to its patented connection system, can be combined in an interlocking or block configuration. This creates scalable boards that adapt precisely to the variety of parts and the scale of the process. KANBAN-System Box Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 118 x 190 x 6 118 x 190 x 6 SYSB- SYSB- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 - 50 pcs. - - - - - - - 20 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 160
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX ACCESSORIES Bracket (Stainless steel) Order no. Version Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-WH-1 Bracket, single (Stainless steel) SYSB-WH-4 Bracket, 4-fold (Stainless steel) 111 x 166 486 x 166 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 or 4 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Additional bracket (Stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-WH-U - The penultimate system box of a column can be fixed in place using the additional bracket Adjustable base for system box Order no. SYSB-FH Pack 50 pcs. KANBAN cards vary in format depending on the process and the company. The base, which is adjustable in 5 mm increments, adapts the system box to the respective card size. This ensures that cards remain clearly visible, are easier to remove and can be organised without changing the basic system. Insert label, transparent, small Order no. Matching cardboard insert SYSB-HE-35 ET33-75K Pack 50 pcs. 161
INSERTION SYSTEMS SYSTEM BOX ACCESSORIES Label holder for back edge Order no. SYSB-RS-120 Block Label Order no. SYSB-HE-35-SPERR Pack 50 pcs. Pack 50 pcs. Insert label, transparent, large Order no. Matching Cardboard insert SYSB-HE-169 ET75-168K Pack 50 pcs. Cardboard inserts Order no. + Colour code Suitable for Cardboard inserts per Pack Sheet DIN A4 ET33-75K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-35 160 ET33-168K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-169 30 10 10 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 162
CARDPLAN® BOARDS INSERTION SYSTEMS Loose documents, orders or cards can quickly become disorganised when filed separately. Cardplan® Boards securely hold individual documents and small stacks in slotted compartments arranged one behind the other. Different formats and visible edges allow a customised layout that can be expanded modularly and combined with whiteboards. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S The visible edge is the part of the inserted document that protrudes from the insertion flap. The part of the document covered by the insertion flap (inserted) is referred to as the insertion depth. Document Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Insertable slot Visible edge Visible edge Insertion depth Insertion depth i t h g e h t n e m u c o D 163
INSERTION SYSTEMS CARDPLAN® BOARDS Cardplan® Boards Document height 74 mm DIN A7 landsc. or DIN A8 portr. Document height 100 mm Document height 105 mm DIN A6 landsc. or DIN A7 portr. Document height 148 mm DIN A5 landsc. or DIN A6 portr. Visible edge Panel height Insert Pockets Width 250 mm/ Order no. Width 500 mm/ Order no. 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 40 mm 440 mm 40 mm 795 mm 40 mm 1085 mm 40 mm 1244 mm 60 mm 440 mm 60 mm 795 mm 60 mm 1085 mm 60 mm 1244 mm 17 34 51 59 11 23 33 39 11 23 33 38 16 34 50 56 14 32 46 53 10 21 31 36 7 16 23 28 5 11 16 19 K217-20-G K227-20-G K237-20-G K247-20-G K217-30-G K227-30-G K237-30-G K247-30-G K212-30-G K222-30-G K232-30-G K242-30-G K216-20-G K226-20-G K236-20-G K246-20-G K215-20-G K225-20-G K235-20-G K245-20-G K215-30-G K225-30-G K235-30-G K245-30-G K216-40-G K226-40-G K236-40-G K246-40-G K216-60-G K226-60-G K236-60-G K246-60-G K517-20-G K527-20-G K537-20-G K547-20-G K517-30-G K527-30-G K537-30-G K547-30-G K512-30-G K522-30-G K532-30-G K542-30-G K516-20-G K526-20-G K536-20-G K546-20-G K515-20-G K525-20-G K535-20-G K545-20-G K515-30-G K525-30-G K535-30-G K545-30-G K516-40-G K526-40-G K536-40-G K546-40-G K516-60-G K526-60-G K536-60-G K546-60-G SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 164
Cardplan® Boards Document height 210 mm DIN A4 landsc. or DIN A5 portr. * With lateral aluminium end frame. Document height 297 mm DIN A3 landsc. or DIN A4 portr. * With lateral aluminium end frame. Visible edge 15 mm 15 mm Panel height 795 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 440 mm 20 mm 795 mm 20 mm 1085 mm 20 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 90 mm 440 mm 90 mm 795 mm 90 mm 1085 mm 90 mm 1244 mm 30 mm 440 mm 30 mm 795 mm 30 mm 1085 mm 30 mm 1244 mm 60 mm 440 mm 60 mm 795 mm 60 mm 1085 mm 60 mm 1244 mm 90 mm 440 mm 90 mm 795 mm 90 mm 1085 mm 36 56 11 29 43 49 8 19 29 35 3 7 10 12 5 17 26 31 3 9 13 16 2 6 9 90 mm 1244 mm 10 INSERTION SYSTEMS Insert Pockets Width 250 mm/ Order no. Width 500 mm/ Order no. K224-15-G* K234-15-G* K214-20-G* K224-20-G* K234-20-G* K244-20-G* K214-30-G* K224-30-G* K234-30-G* K244-30-G* K215-90-G* K225-90-G* K235-90-G* K245-90-G* K213-30-G* K223-30-G* K233-30-G* K243-30-G* K213-60-G* K223-60-G* K233-60-G* K243-60-G* K213-90-G* K223-90-G* K233-90-G* K243-90-G* K524-15-G K534-15-G K514-20-G* K524-20-G* K534-20-G* K544-20-G* K514-30-G* K524-30-G* K534-30-G* K544-30-G* K515-90-G K525-90-G K535-90-G K545-90-G* K513-30-G* K523-30-G* K533-30-G* K543-30-G K513-60-G* K523-60-G* K533-60-G* K543-60-G* K513-90-G* K523-90-G* K533-90-G* K543-90-G* n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S 165
INSERTION SYSTEMS CARDPLAN® ACCESSORIES Vertical divider for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. 1020 1220 KST1020 KST1220 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. KST1020: can be used for panel heights 440 mm, 795 mm and 1085 mm. KST1220: can be used for panel heights of 1244 mm. Horizontal divider for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. Pack 250 500 KAN-AMPEL250/6 10 pcs. KAN-AMPEL500/6 10 pcs. Colour: Grey. Simply fit the dividers in the required position. Label holder for Cardplan® boards Length x Height (mm) Order no. 75 x 15 75 x 20 210 x 20 75 x 30 210 x 30 KE75-15 KE75-20 KE210-20 KE75-30 KE210-30 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Simply insert the labels into the transparent label holders and hang them in the desired position in the insertion flap. Colour labels for Cardplan® boards Length (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 75 85 120 155 215 250 500 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 166 KAN-AMPEL75/ 1 4 5 6 KAN-AMPEL85/ 1 4 5 6 KAN-AMPELA7/ 1 4 5 6 KAN-AMPELA6/ 1 4 5 6 KAN-AMPELA5/ 1 4 5 6 1 4 5 6 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. KAN-AM- PEL250/ KAN-AM- PEL500/ 1 4 5 6 10 pcs.
INSERTION SYSTEMS Z-profi les Length (mm) 500 750 1000 Order no. Z500 Z750 Z1000 Colour: Grey. Aluminium Z-profiles for wall mounting of the panels. Set = top and bottom rail. Rails Length (mm) 500 1290 Order no. KR2203-50-G KR2203-00-G Colour: Grey. Running rails, powder-coated, for wall mounting (not for planning panel stands). Set = top and bottom rail. Sheet with magnets For Board-Width (mm) 250¹ 500² Order no. K2-BLM4 K5-BLM6 Set = 2 pieces incl. screws and Allen key, ready for installation ¹ With 4 neodymium magnets. ² With 6 neodymium magnets. Can be used up to panel height 1085 mm. Can be mounted on Cardplan® boards from production date 08/2016. Greyboard 440 mm/795 mm/1085 mm/1244 mm Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 250 x 440 500 x 440 250 x 795 500 x 795 250 x 1085 500 x 1085 K210-G K511-G K220-G K521-G K230-G K531-G Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. 250 x 1244 350 x 1244 VB-250-G VB-350-G 500 x 1244 VB-500-G 700 x 1244 VB-700-G 1000 x 1244 VB-1000-G n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S 167
INSERTION SYSTEMS PLANNING PANEL STAND HANGING RAILS Total width: 1290/1540/1790/2040 mm m m 0 0 8 1 : t h g e h i l a t o T Total depth: 600 mm Fixed boards are not suitable for every process or changing shop floor areas. The double-sided planning board stand accommodates whiteboards and Cardplan® Boards at various heights and can be easily moved on castors. The adjustable mounting allows for a setup tailored to the application and creates mobile transparency right where the action is. Panel height: 440 mm Panel height: 795 mm Panel height: 1085 Panel height: 1244 Planning panel stand, hanging rails Version Suitable for/Length (cm) Colour Order no. Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 129 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 154 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 179 cm overall width Metal frame on castors with integrated rails Panel sizes up to 204 cm overall width Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy Additional rails for double occupancy 129 154 179 204 Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey Grey KS129-G KS154-G KS179-G KS204-G KRS129-G KRS154-G KRS179-G KRS204-G 1 set = top and bottom rail, including small fixing parts. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 168
INSERTION SYSTEMS TRANSPARENT PANELS Price lists, instructions, drawings or tables must be accessible at the workplace at all times. Transparent panels keep DIN A4 documents securely and allow them to be read from both sides; they can be mounted on a table, wall or shelf using various mounting elements. Contents can be updated in just a few simple steps. Desk Number transparent panels Colour Order no. Order no. US 10 20 30 Grey Grey Grey OT410 OT420 OT430 OT410-US-WS OT420-US-WS OT430-US-WS If you regularly need to refer to several instructions or reference documents, your desk can quickly become cluttered. This sturdy Desk organiser holds 10, 20 or 30 transparent panels, depending on the model, and allows you to flick through them quickly. This keeps important information organised and readily available at all times. Wall elements for screwing on Version Basic element with stop Extension unit Order no. Order no. US OT411 OT412 OT411-US-WS - For holding 10 transparent panels each. Can be extended as required by attaching the elements next to each other. The basic element has removable stop supports as lateral supports. Wall element with magnetic foil on the back Version Basic element with stop Magnetic foil Extension unit Order no. Order no. US OT415 OT416 OT415-US-WS - For holding 10 transparent panels each. Quick, uncomplicated attachment to all ferrous surfaces (e.g. shelf crossbars, steel cabinets) thanks to the highly adhesive magnetic foil on the back. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 170
INSERTION SYSTEMS Swivel arm with mounted wall element Number transparent panels Order no. Order no. US 10 OT417 OT417-US-WS In workplaces with limited space, information must be easily accessible without permanently obstructing the workspace. The swivel arm holds ten transparent panels, can be mounted using a desk clamp and positioned flexibly. This means documents can be viewed at a glance and swivelled out of the workspace just as quickly. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Suitable for OT411 Shelf bracket with swivel support Number transparent panels Order no. Order no. US 10 OT418 OT418-US-WS The shelf bracket enables wall elements to be attached to any perforated panel or shelf crossbar. Lateral rotation angle 120°, ideal reading angle. Transparent panels DIN A4 portrait Colour Order no. Order no. US Pack Weiß Rot Blau Gelb Grün Schwarz OT440 OT441 OT442 OT443 OT444 OT445 OT440-US-WS 10 pcs. OT441-US-WS OT442-US-WS 10 pcs. 10 pcs. OT443-US-WS 10 pcs. OT444-US-WS 10 pcs. OT445-US-WS 10 pcs. Transparent, made of non-reflective plastic film, framed with plastic-coated steel wire. Easy insertion thanks to pivot pin. Slip-on tabs for transparent panels Order no. Order no. US Length (mm) OT50 OT50 50 Pack 10 pcs. For clear sheets DIN A4 portrait, 1 cardboard insert (height 12 mm) per tab. 171
INSERTION SYSTEMS KANBAN-LETTERBOX TRANSPARENT The KANBAN letterboxes provide secure storage for your KANBAN cards and have a high filling capacity. Suitable for wall mounting, as a stand-alone solution or magnetic. - KANBAN letterbox, transparent (KN-BK-35), for KANBAN cards according to VDA standard 4902 - Suffi cient for up to 40 KANBAN cards, high fi lling capacity for all formats KANBAN Letterbox, transparent Version Transparent, > 35 mm Transparent, DIN A5 > 35 mm Transparent, DIN A4 > 35 mm Order no. KN-BK-35 KN-BK-A5-35 KN-BK-A4-35 Transparent, DIN A5 square > 40 mm KN-BK-A5Q-35 ESD black DIN A6 > 35 mm KN-BK-35-ESD-06 Transparent, magnetic, > 35 mm Transparent, magnetic, DIN A5 > 35 mm Transparent, magnetic, DIN A4 > 35 mm KN-BKM-35 KN-BKM-A5-35 KN-BKM-A4-35 Transparent, magnetic, DIN A5 square > 40 mm KN-BKM-A5Q-35 Width x Height (mm) Pack 115 x 165 165 x 165 230 x 250 217 x 127 114 x 153 115 x 165 165 x 165 230 x 250 217 x 127 2 pcs. 2 pc. 1 pc. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 1 pc. 2 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 172
INSERTION SYSTEMS Whether in the warehouse, workshop, factory or office: Our Primus display compartment systems are suitable for all requirements! You can create any desired height and width. You can extend or regroup at any time, e.g. form rows of compartments, hang up individual compartments. For extensions, simply pull out the end panel and attach further extension elements or arrange them in any desired position. All elements can be regrouped, extended or subdivided vertically or horizon- tally at any tine. The individual columns can be stabilised at the bottom edge using the additional bracket. n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S It‘s that simple: Attach wall brackets, hang the required number of shelves one below the other, close the last shelf with a front panel – and the row is complete. And if you want to expand? Either pull out the front panel and attach additional viewing compartments or place them anywhere in between. V i s i b l e e d g e 3 1 Wall mounting 2 Visible compartment element 3 Front panel W idth 2 1 t h g e H i Dept 175
INSERTION SYSTEMS PRIMUS COLUMN OR ROW SYSTEMS/ACCESSORIES Basic element with grey front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. €/Piece Extension element DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. 337 x 210 SBAM103 19,90 € SER113 DIN A4 portr. 250 x 300 SBAM104 19,65 € SER114 DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 250 x 150 SBAM105 15,15 € SER115 Basic element, consisting of wall suspension, display compartment element and grey front panel. Extension unit, consisting of display compartment unit. Basic element with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. €/Piece Extension element DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. 337 x 210 SBAP103 19,90 € SER113 DIN A4 portr. 250 x 300 SBAP104 19,65 € SER114 DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 250 x 150 SBAP105 15,15 € SER115 Basic element, consisting of wall suspension, viewing compartment element and transparent Front panel. Extension unit, consisting of viewing compartment unit. Wall element with magnetic foil on the back Designation Labelling labels, self-adhesive Cardboard inserts, white Additional bracket for all DIN formats Order no. SA12 (10 pcs.) SA33 (100 pcs.) SZW110 (1 pcs.) €/Pack Order no. 4,08 € SA32 (50 pcs.) 4,99 € 3,98 € SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 176
PRIMUS SINGLE COMPARTMENTS INSERTION SYSTEMS Single compartment with grey front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. DIN A4 portr. DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 337 x 210 250 x 300 250 x 150 Single element to screw on with grey front panel. Without wall mounting. SERM103 SERM104 SERM105 n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Single compartment with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 landsc. / DIN A5 portr. DIN A4 portr. DIN A5 landsc. / DIN A6 portr. 1/3 DIN 337 x 210 250 x 300 250 x 150 250 x 100 SERP113 SERP114 SERP115 SERP116 Single element to screw on with transparent front panel. Without wall mounting. Single compartment magnetic, with transparent front panel For documents in DIN-Format Format (WxH) (mm) Order no. DIN A5 landsc. 1/3 DIN 250 x 150 250 x 100 KNSERM115 KNSERM116 - Made of light grey powder-coated sheet steel, particularly robust and durable - High capacity thanks to compartment depth of 15 mm 177
INSERTION SYSTEMS WORK DOCUMENT SLEEVE DIN A4 Work document sleeve for documents in A4 format with transparent film sealed on the back. Welded business card pocket at the top left for notes or additional information. - Documents readable without removal - High filling capacity - Scanner-readable QR code/barcode Work document sleeve DIN A4 Format (WxHxD) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Pack 230 x 314 STP420- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 178
PRIMUS WORKSHOP SLEEVE INSERTION SYSTEMS Work documents, drawings and similar items can be stored together and protected in PRIMUS Work document Sleeves. Primus workshop sleeves can be hung individually from the cords or from the ring-reinforced eyelets and can also be inserted into Primus display compartments. - 3 ring-reinforced perforations in the head section - Velcro fastener on the back - Filling capacity approx. 7 mm n o i t r e s n I s m e t s y S Primus workshop sleeve DIN A4 Format (WxHxD) (mm) 240 x 330 Order no. ATP420 Pack 10 pcs. 179
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS HANGING FRAMES FRAMES FRAMES & SIGNS SIGNS People are visually oriented and take in 80% of all information through their eyes. This makes visualization tools in the workplace all the more important—for example, to mark storage and shelving locations or to convey important information clearly and visibly. 180 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging frame series 100/200 ............................184 Accessories series 100 .....................................................................186 Accessories series 200 ................................................................... 190 Accessories series 100/200 .........................................................192 5S suspension ................................................................................196 Aluminium snap frame ..................................................... 197 Block storage signs ...............................................................198 Shelf and aisle signs ...........................................................................201 Ceiling cubes ..........................................................................................202 This makes our hanging signs extremely flexible, as mounting and replacing information is quick and easy. Thanks to the patented locking clip, they provide a secure hold. In addition to its extensive range of hanging signs, ORGATEX® also offers a complete 5S mounting kit, which facilitates compliance with the 5S method, as well as aluminium snap frames for the secure storage of DIN-format posters. katalog.orgatex.com/ posterframes-signs Scan to learn more. ORGATEX® hanging signs are a versatile visualisation tool. They are lighter than conventional frames and, thanks to their sturdy plastic frame, are highly durable. This makes them suitable for use even in demanding industrial environments. In addition, the anti-glare PVC protective cover can be read by all standard scanners. ORGATEX® hanging signs are available in all common DIN sizes and in 8 different colours. They can be used double-sided and in both portrait and landscape orien- tations. With our extensive range of accessories, the signs can be connected, hung, taken down, and clipped on. You can mount them in a variety of ways, including on walls and ceilings, containers, boxes, and/or mesh bins—depending on your individual needs. 181
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS INFOGRAPHIC HANGING SIGN Locking clip Robust plastic frame (suitable for industrial use) Anti-reflective protective cover (scanner-readable) Quick and easy installation KG Low weight Product only suitable for indoor use! SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 182
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Extensive range of accessories We offer various mounting options for the hanging signs. They are specially tailored to your individual needs. Printing on standard paper (DIN) Common 5S colours DIN DIN formats 2 0 0 3 5S suspension Creates trouble-free processes by adhering to rules. The complete 0 0 set consists of: Hanging sign, round tube clips, suspension eyelets and round tube. DIN A5 DIN A4 m m 0 1 2 m m 7 9 2 DIN A3 m m 0 2 4 Anti-reflective protective cover made of PVC Flexible and fast exchange of information. Scanner readable. DIN A1 DIN A2 m m 4 9 5 m m 1 4 8 148 mm 210 mm 297 mm 420 mm 594 mm Series 100 Series 200 183
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS HANGING SIGN SERIES 100/200 Important notices, key figures, or work instructions need to be quickly accessible in day-to-day operations. ORGATEX® hanging signs protect printouts, keep them scannable, and allow for quick changes between portrait and landscape orientations. This ensures that information remains up-to- date, is presented professionally, and is available right where it’s needed. - Durable plastic frames (suitable for industrial use) - Anti-glare protective covers (scanner-readable) - Available in all standard DIN sizes - Can be used in portrait or landscape orientation SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 184
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging sign Series 100/200 Version Format inside/ outside (W x H) (mm) Order no. + Colour code DIN A5 (Series 100) 148 x 210/153 x 218 PKR-A5-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 DIN A4 (Series 100) 210 x 297/217 x 305 PKR-A4-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 DIN A3 (Series 100) 297 x 420/305 x 427 PKR-A3-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 DIN A2 (Series 200) 420 x 594/430 x 600 PKR-A2-200- - - - - - - - 88 DIN A1 (Series 200) 594 x 841/600 x 846 PKR-A1-200- - - - - - - - 88 Pack 5 pcs. 5 pcs. 5 pcs. 5 pcs. 5 pcs. 185
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 186 Pipe clamp (counterpart to PKR-CL-AP-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-RKW-100 100 10 pcs. - White plastic tube clamp for attaching hanging signs to tubes with a diameter of 23 to 28 mm - Only in conjunction with adapter PKR-CL-AP-100 Adapter Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-AP-100 100 10 pcs. - For parallel mounting of Series 100 Hanging Signs with Tube Clamp PKR-CL-RKW-100 Mounting for hanging frames Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VA-100 100 10 pcs. - Square suspension made of transparent plastic Grid hook Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-GH-100 100 10 pairs - Transparent plastic grid hook for parallel attachment of Series 100 hanging signs to wire grids up to a maximum diameter of 10 mm
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Magnetic holder, rotatable Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-MAD-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic magnetic holder with magnetic core - Holding force up to approx. 2.8 kg Clamp Order no. PKR-CH-100 Series Pack 100 20 pcs. - For T-piece for clamping to round pipes, mouldings etc. T-piece (counterpart to PKR-CH-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-T60-100 100 20 pcs. - White plastic T-piece, 60 mm, only to be used in conjunction with clamp PKR-CH-100 Bracket (for screwing on) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-SHD-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic holder for screwing on 187
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 188 Locking clip Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VS-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic -Locking clip, prevents the protective cover from falling out of the hanging sign Suspension hook Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-HK-100 100 10 pcs. -Transparent plastic suspension hook for hanging sign - 360° rotatable Suspension eye Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-OED-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic hanging loop for hanging the hanging signs - 360° rotatable Wall bracket (self-adhesive) Wall bracket (self-adhesive) Order no. Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-WH-100 PKR-CL-WH-100 100 10 pcs. - With additional hole for screw fastening - With additional hole for screw fastening - Transparent plastic wall bracket - Transparent plastic wall bracket Crate clamp (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-KK-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic crate clamp (rotatable) for attaching hanging signs to crates up to a maximum material thickness of 20 mm
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Hanging sign display Order no. PKR-BST PKR-A4-01-SD Series Colour Pack 100 100 - 5 pcs. Red 1 set Universal frame stand for holding warning signs in A4 size. - Rectangular, powder-coated grey metal base plate - Chrome-plated tubular steel, extendable from 320 to 620 mm, with locking lever and grey tube holder - DIN A4 hanging frame in ORGATEX® standard colour (only included in the set) Pipe clamp Order no. Series For pipe-Ø Pack PKR-CL-RK-100 PKR-CL-RK-35120 100 100 28 – 30 mm 10 pcs. 35 – 38 mm 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic tube clamp for attaching 100 series poster frames to tubes with a diameter of 28 to 38 mm Frame connector, rotatable Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VB-100 100 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic frame connector for connecting 100 series poster holders Wall element, rotatable Order no. PKR-WHB-100 Series 100 - Can be used in portrait and landscape format - For sizes in the 100 series - Holder for flipping through 5 Hanging Signs 189
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 200 Pipe clamp Order no. Series For pipe-Ø Pack PKR-CL-RK-200 200 28 – 33 mm 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic tube clamp for attaching Series 200 hanging frames to tubes with a diameter of 28 to 38 mm Film hinge Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-FS-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic, for triangular and square connections of Series 200 hanging frames Magnetic holder Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-MAD-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic magnetic holder with magnetic core - Holding force up to approx. 2.8 kg SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 190
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Wall bracket (self-adhesive) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-WH-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic wall bracket - With double-sided adhesive tape Frame Closing Clip Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-VS-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic locking clip, prevents the protective cover from falling out of the poster frame Suspension eye Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-OED-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent plastic hanging loop for hanging the poster frames - Infinitely variable rotation for poster insertion at the side Bracket (for screwing on) Order no. Series Pack PKR-CL-SHD-200 200 10 pcs. - Transparent, 360° rotatable plastic holder for screwing on 191
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100/200 Frame clip (counterpart to PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH, PKR-SKH-30) Order no. PKR-RCL-100 PKR-RCL-200 Series Pack 100 200 10 pcs. 10 pcs. - Transparent frame clip with grid for adjusting to the desired angle - Only in conjunction with PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH or PKR-SKH-30 Frame clip, rotatable by 90° (counterpart to PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH, PKR-SKH-30) Order no. PKR-RCL90-100 PKR-RCL90-200 Series Pack 100 200 10 pcs. 10 pcs. - Transparent frame clip with grid for adjusting to the desired angle, rotatable by 90° - Only in conjunction with PKR-RK-28, PKR-MH or PKR-SKH-30 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 192
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Round tube clip (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. PKR-RK-28 Series Pack 100/200 10 pcs. - Transparent round tube clip, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Provides optimum hold on all 28 mm round tubes Magnetic holder (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. PKR-MH Series Pack 100/200 10 pcs. - Transparent magnetic holder, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Suitable for all magnetic surfaces Adhesive holder (counterpart to PKR-RCL-100) Order no. Series Pack PKR-SKH-30 100/200 10 pcs. - Transparent adhesive holder, can be used in conjunction with frame clip PKR-RCL-100 (rotatable) - Self-adhesive, with excellent adhesive strength on almost all surfaces 193
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS ACCESSORIES SERIES 100/200 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 194 Tubular steel, 2420 mm Order no. PKR-R28 Series Format (Length) 100/200 2420 mm - Tubular steel, silver-grey incl. black PVC end plugs, length 2420 mm, Ø 28 mm ! Recommendation: Ceiling suspension with steel tube should be firmly mounted in the ceiling. End plug for steel pipe Order no. PKR-RES-28 Series Pack 100/200 10 pcs. - Black PVC end plug for pipe suspension Tube connector, 100 mm Order no. PKR-RV28 Series 100/200 - Tube connector (100 mm) with metal core S-Hook, 32 mm Order no. PKR-SHK Series Pack 100/200 10 pcs. - Made of metal - For suspending hanging signs using a knotted chain
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Ceiling magnet with hook Order no. PKR-DM50-02 Series 100/200 - White ceiling magnet for attaching hanging signs Knot chain Order no. PKR-KK Series Roll 100/200 30 metres - Metal knotted chain for attaching hanging signs Ceiling clip Order no. PKR-DK Series Pack 100/200 10 pcs. - White plastic ceiling clip with eyelet, Ø 4 mm 195
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS 5S-SUSPENSION Order and clear rules only work if they are present in everyday work. The complete 5S hanging system combines colour-coded hanging signs, a tubular system, and mounting hardware into a ready to-use visualisation solution. This makes standards easy to understand, helps identify deviations more quickly, and promotes a clean work environment. Consists of: - 1 x PKR-R28 (steel tubing, 2420 mm, silver-gray) - 3 x PKR-A3-100 (white) incl. insert and clip - 3 x PKR-A4-100 (yellow, green, red) incl. insert and clip - 6 x PKR-CL-RK-100 - 6 x PKR-CL-OED-100 - 6 x PKR-CL-HK-100 - 2 end caps (black) 5S-Suspension Order no. PKR-5S 196 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H ALUMINIUM SNAP FRAME HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Posters must be updated regularly without having to remove the frames. The aluminium snap frame allows for quick front-loading of documents in standard DIN sizes. This keeps information clean, well-protected, and presented in a high-quality manner. - Available in 5 DIN sizes - Concealed wall-mounting holes - Durable clamping action thanks to fatigue-resistant spring steel - UV-stabilised and anti-glare cover film Aluminium snap frame DIN-Formats Format (HxW) (mm) Order no. DIN A4 DIN A3 DIN A2 DIN A1 DIN A0 343 x 255 463 x 340 637 x 463 884 x 637 1234 x 882 KN-ALU-A4 KN-ALU-A3 KN-ALU-A2 KN-ALU-A1 KN-ALU-A0 197
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS BLOCK STORAGE SIGNS Block storage signs help clearly label and organise inventory. This makes it easier for employees to quickly find the items they need, which increases warehouse efficiency and reduces the time spent searching for products. Various versions, such as ceiling cubes or signs with insert pockets, offer the right solution for every situation. The classic block storage sign with a beveled edge, for example, makes it easier to scan items from the floor. Clear, highly visible labelling on block storage signs minimises the risk of mix-ups or errors during order picking and putaway. This helps improve the accuracy and reliability of warehouse operations. We customise the layout according to your specifi- cations and offer various formats depending on your visualisation requirements. REQUIRED ORDER INFORMATION FOR CUSTOM PRINTING: 1. Specify your desired layout and format 2. For signs with logos or graphics, we require a printready file (300 dpi – AI, EPS, TIFF, SVG) 3. We will send you a proof for review 4. The signs will be shipped as soon as possible after approval SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 198
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS BLOCK STORAGE SIGNS Block storage signs help identify the location of goods in a warehouse. They display information such as block numbers and product codes to improve warehouse organisation and increase efficiency when locating products. The block storage signs are delivered predrilled. Mounting hardware, such as sign hooks or chain links, must be purchased separately. Block Storage Signs Order no. BKL-W-A4 BKL-W-A3 Version bevelled with insertion bevelled with insertion BKL-W-A4-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-W-A3-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-W-600-IND bevelled individually printed BKL-A4-IND BKL-A3-IND straight individually printed straight individually printed BKL-600-IND straight individually printed Length x Width (mm) Package unit DIN A4 DIN A3 DIN A4 DIN A3 600 x 800 DIN A4 DIN A3 600 x 800 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 200
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H SHELF AND AISLE SIGNS HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Shelf and aisle signs are crucial for the organisation and orientation in warehouses and shops. They facilitate finding products, improve efficiency when restocking, promote customer orientation, avoid confusion and contribute to safety. The positions of drill holes must be specified within the layout. Fixing material such as sign hooks, or knotted chains must be purchased separately. Shelf and Aisle Signs Order no. Version RGS-400-IND Individually printed RGS-600-IND Individually printed RGS-800-IND Individually printed Length x Width (mm) Package unit 400 x 400 600 x 600 800 x 800 1 1 1 201
HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS CEILING CUBES Ceiling cubes help employees orientate themselves more easily and find their way to the storage areas. The labelling above the aisles often indicates aisle numbers or product categories, improving efficiency and organisation in the warehouse. Fixing material such as sign hooks, or knotted chains must be purchased separately. Ceiling cubes Order no. Version Length x Width (mm) Package unit WÜ4-400-IND Ceiling cube 4-sided individually printed 400 x 400 WÜ4-600-IND Ceiling cube 4-sided individually printed 600 x 600 WÜ3-400-IND Ceiling cube 3-sided individually printed 400 x 400 WÜ3-600-IND Ceiling cube 3-sided individually printed 600 x 600 1 1 1 1 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 202
i s n g S / s e m a r F i g n g n a H HANGING FRAMES/SIGNS Steel spiral springs Order no. RGS-SF Pack 4 pcs. Our steel spiral springs are ideal for flexible hanging or suspending of signs, ceiling hangers or advertising material. The steel spiral spring consists of two sturdy steel hooks that are firmly connected to an extendable spiral spring. A major advantage of this fixture is that the spiral spring can be extended to 150 cm. Steel spiral springs are also ideal for firmly attaching signs to the ends of shelves. Sign hooks Order no. RGS-SH-60MM Pack 1 pc. Hook with C-opening for hanging signs. Optionally used with knotted chain. Material: steel, wire thickness: Ø 2 mm, length: 60 mm Knot chain Order no. PKR-KK Series Roll 100/200 30 meters The Knot chain allows Hanging Signs, signs and ceiling cubes to be positioned individually, placing information at the required viewing and working height. Clamp brackets (patent-protected) Order no. MA2030 Pack 50 pcs. Clamp clips are used to securely attach block storage signs to link chains. They connect the sign to the chain, enabling suspended labeling of storage areas. This allows the signs to be placed in a clearly visible location above shelves or storage areas. 203
VISUAL BOARDS VISUAL VISUAL VISUAL BOARDS The quick and straightforward provision of key fi gures and information at central points within the workplace is a vital part of ensuring smooth operational processes. Visual boards are the ideal tool for this, as they provide a clear overview of all important information at all times. Whether for displaying target and actual statuses, quality indicators or machine running times – visual boards can fulfi l a wide variety of functions. 204 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
VISUAL BOARDS Individual ........................................................................................... 208 Printed Boards .............................................................................210 Info board ...................................................................................................212 Theme memory ....................................................................................213 Production meeting ..........................................................................214 SCRUM Board .........................................................................................215 Improvement circle ............................................................................216 Machine board ........................................................................................217 Wall board ..........................................................................................218 Stand-alone board ................................................................220 Cube, rotatable ..........................................................................222 Cube ...........................................................................................................224 Stop .............................................................................................................226 Accessories ......................................................................................228 s d r a o B l a u s i V katalog.orgatex.com/ visual-boards Scan to fi nd out more. Depending on the application area, different types of boards are available: our wall boards are ideal for perma- nent use and can, for example, be easily fixed near machinery. Our rollable freestanding boards offer maximum flexibility and can also be fitted with shelves or folder holders. Rotatable cubes in central locations facilitate smoother meetings and team discussions. Thanks to their shape, they can be used effectively even in spaces where room is limited. Stop Signs clearly identify stopping points for your milk run. Our entire Visual Board range is also available in a white- board version for writing on with Board markers. A Visual Board is as individual as the business in which it is used. We design the boards with your company logo and add headings according to your specifications. We also customise whiteboards for you with grids or tables. And if you’re looking for a fully bespoke solution, our specialist department will design and produce your individual board for you. 205
VISUAL BOARDS INFOGRAPHIC VISUAL BOARDS Customised headline design (logo and text) L E A N F A C T O R Y C O R N E R LEAN FACTORY CORNER Available in whiteboard version for easy writing with board markers Integration of audio-visual media (monitors, TV, etc.) SHOPFLOOR MANAGEMENT L E A N F A C T O R Y C O R N E R Provision of key figures and information at a central point Production using inhouse solutions tailored to your specifications Provision of key performance indicators and information Tailored to the needs of your production SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 206
VISUAL BOARDS C u b e Cube Cube Our cubes are manufactured from folded sheet metal. The height is fixed at 2204 mm, whilst the width can vary up to 1050 mm as required. Virtually limitless combinations are possible. In addition, the upper section can be ordered in a rotatable execution. Writable Available in whiteboard quality and writable with whiteboard markers Customised specific solutions W all B o ard Wall board The panel widths allow for individual configuration of the wall board in terms of width; only the height is fixed (1444 mm). Wall boards have wide application wherever on-site mounting options are available, e.g. on walls, machine housings and other permanently installed surfaces. Media integration You can integrate all types of media into our system (aluminium profiles). s d r a o B l a u s i V Extensive range of accessories Stand-alone board Our stand-alone boards have a standard height of 2170 mm. The panel widths allow for individual configuration of the stand-alone board in terms of width. Stand-alone boards can be used flexibly in various locations thanks to a castor stand. 207
VISUAL BOARDS INDIVIDUAL Standard solutions reach their limits where processes, key performance indicators and information requirements are individual to each situation. ORGATEX develops Visual Boards in the appropriate design, size and layout – tailored to your shop floor and your processes. The result is a bespoke information platform that creates transparency, speeds up decision-making and makes lean management easy to implement. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 208
VISUAL BOARDS PRINTED BOARDS Unstructured whiteboards waste time and lead to inconsistent processes. Printed boards clearly and permanently display key figures, tables, responsibilities and process steps. The scratch-re- sistant, magnetic and dry-wipe surface can be flexibly expanded – for standardised meetings and reliable visual management. In the ‘Document Holders’ and ‘Insertion Systems’ sections, you’ll also find useful accessories to help organise the boards. Using UV printing, we print onto a 0.9 mm thick magnetic foil characterised by high quality and scratch resistance. The foil can also be used to upgrade existing boards. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 210
VISUAL BOARDS For individual requests please contact our service team. Phone: +49 2173 1064-0 Email: sales@orgatex.de 211
VISUAL BOARDS INFO BOARD General announcements, ongoing projects and current key fi gures are often spread across various channels in day-to-day operations. The Info board creates a central, clearly structured information hub for the shop fl oor. Content is recorded more quickly, changes remain visible and staff are always kept up to date. - With magnetic fi lm, Info board layout, scratchresistant and wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2460 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2400 mm usable area (white edging sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2460 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2400-INFO SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 212
THEME MEMORY VISUAL BOARDS Important information and ideas for improvement can easily be lost if they are only passed on verbally or jotted down haphazardly. The Theme Memory centrally collects open items, makes responsibilities transparent and supports structured prioritisation. This ensures topics remain in view until they have been reliably dealt with and completed. - Visual board with magnetic fi lm, Theme Memory layout, scratch-resistant and dry-wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 1060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 1000 mm usable area (white edging sheet) s d r a o B l a u s i V 213 Accessories not included. Please feel free to contact our service team. Info board Theme Memory Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 1060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-1000-THEM
VISUAL BOARDS PRODUCTION MEETING Production meetings lose their impact if data, problems and actions are not presented in a consistent manner. The production meeting board brings together relevant key fi gures and provides a clear basis for daily shop fl oor meetings. Deviations are identifi ed more quickly, tasks are clearly assigned and improvements are consistently tracked. - With magnetic fi lm, production meeting board layout, scratch- resistant and wipe-clean - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edging sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Production meeting Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-PROD SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 214
SCRUM BOARD VISUAL BOARDS In complex projects, there is often a lack of a shared overview of tasks, priorities and progress. The SCRUM Board clearly visualises the workflow and helps teams to plan work packages in a structured way and implement them step by step. This makes coordination easier, bottlenecks become apparent sooner and projects are driven forward reliably. - With magnetic film, SCRUM board layout, scratchresistant and wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profiles (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edging sheet) s d r a o B l a u s i V 215 Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board SCRUM Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-SCRUM
VISUAL BOARDS IMPROVEMENT CIRCLE Recurring faults often arise because measures are applied too superfi cially. The improvement circle board guides teams through the problem-solving process using a clear DMAIC-based structure. Root causes, actions and results remain traceable – ensuring sustainable improvements and an eff ective continuous improvement process. - With magnetic fi lm, improvement circle layout, scratch-resistant and wipe-clean - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1244 mm x 2000 mm usable area (white edging sheet) Accessories not included. Please contact our service team. Info board Improvement Circle Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 2060 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-2000-VERB SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 216
MACHINE BOARD VISUAL BOARDS Information on performance, faults, maintenance and quality is particularly valuable when it is available directly at the machine. The Machine board brings together all relevant data in one fi xed location and facilitates quick, fact-based coordination. This allows deviations to be identifi ed more quickly and measures to be initiated directly at the source. - With magnetic fi lm, machine board layout, scratchresistant and wipeable - Dimensions (approx.): 1304 mm x 1260 mm x 30 mm (H x W x D) - Execution: Frame made from R-aluminium profi les (30 x 30 mm); 1304 mm x 1260 mm x 30 mm usable area (white edging sheet) s d r a o B l a u s i V 217 Accessories not included. Please feel free to contact our service team. Info board Machine Dimensions (H x W x D) Order no. 1304 mm x 1260 mm x 30 mm VB-WA-1200-MASCH
VISUAL BOARDS WALL-MOUNTED BOARD For permanent information points in production or work areas, the wall-mounted board offers a clear and space-saving solution. The width and heading can be customised, and the whiteboard surface can be written on with board markers and is suitable for use with magnets. Ideal for machine areas, departments and permanent shop floor routines. The wall-mounted boards have a standard height of 1444 mm. This total height comprises the following components: - Heading - Heading -Whiteboard 100 mm 40 mm 1244 mm - Includes individual heading - Whiteboard quality - Can be written on with Whiteboard-Markers Customise the width and headings of your wall-mounted board according to your individual requirements. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 218
0 0 1 0 4 4 4 2 1 4 4 4 1 700 1000 Wall-Mounted board Dimensions (WxH) 1060 x 1444 mm 1560 x 1444 mm 1760 x 1444 mm 2060 x 1444 mm Order no. VB-WA-1000-W VB-WA-1500-W VB-WA-1700-W VB-WA-2000-W VISUAL BOARDS s d r a o B l a u s i V 219
VISUAL BOARDS STAND-ALONE BOARD Information and meetings do not always take place in the same location. The double-sided stand-alone board is portable and can be adapted to changing requirements. Individual widths, writable whiteboard surfaces and a practical storage shelf create a flexible platform for meetings, key figures and actions right where the action is. The stand-alone boards have a standard height of 2140 mm. This total height comprises the following components: - Heading - Heading -Whiteboard 100 mm 40 mm 1244 mm - Includes individual heading -Whiteboard quality (double-sided) - Can be written on with Whiteboard-Markers - With one-sided shelf (double-sided on enquiry) Customise the width and headings of your stand-alone board to suit your individual requirements. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 220
0 0 1 0 4 4 4 2 1 220 0 4 1 2 700 1000 Stand-alone boards Dimensions (WxH) Order no. Execution 1060 x 2140 mm 1560 x 2140 mm 1760 x 2140 mm 2060 x 2140 mm VB-ST-1000-A VB-ST-1500-A VB-ST-1700-A VB-ST-2000-A With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf With one-sided shelf VISUAL BOARDS s d r a o B l a u s i V 221
VISUAL BOARDS CUBE ROTATABLE In central areas, there is often not enough space for several individual boards. The rotatable Cube combines several whiteboard surfaces within a compact footprint and, thanks to its top section that rotates through 360 degrees, allows for a quick switch between topics. This helps to structure meetings, present informa- tion clearly and make efficient use of available space. The combination of a fixed base and a top section that is rotatable 360° gives the Cube maximum flexibility. The Cubes have a standard height of 2180 mm. - Heading - Whiteboard 100 mm 1244 mm - Incl. individual header - Whiteboard quality - Can be written on with Whiteboard-Markers - Height-adjustable disc feet Customise the width and headings of your cube according to your individual requirements. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 222
700 0 0 1 Turnstile 4 4 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Cube, rotatable Dimensions (WxH) 500 x 2180 mm 700 x 2180 mm Order no. VB-LC360-500 VB-LC360-700 VISUAL BOARDS s d r a o B l a u s i V 223
VISUAL BOARDS CUBE Where several teams or walkways converge, a clear information point with high visibility is required. The Cube offers several customisable whiteboard surfaces and can also be used as a column surround. It thus brings together key figures, information and team topics in a space-saving manner at a central location. The Cubes have a standard height of 2204 mm. This overall height comprises the following components: - Heading - Heading - Whiteboard 100 mm 40 mm 1244 mm - Including individual heading - Whiteboard quality - Can be written on with Whiteboard-Markers - Available as a column surround Customise the width and headings of your cube according to your individual requirements. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 224
700 250 0 0 1 0 4 4 0 2 2 4 4 2 1 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2 Cube Dimensions (WxH) 500 x 2204 mm 700 x 2204 mm Order no. VB-LC-500 VB-LC-700 VISUAL BOARDS s d r a o B l a u s i V 225
VISUAL BOARDS STOP SIGN Unclear stopping points and scattered KANBAN cards make it difficult to run a reliable milk run. The Visual Board stop clearly identifies the handover point and combines an individual stop symbol with a clear timetable display. This makes material supply, card return and route train processes more transparent and reliable. Collect your Kanban cards in one specific location. The stop-sign serves as clear information or a stopping point for your milk run. - Individual stop symbol - Individual timetable display The PRIMUS View Box is not included in the price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 226
221 0 4 0 2 600 Stop sign Dimensions (WxH) 600 x 2040 mm Order no. VB-ST-HALT VISUAL BOARDS s d r a o B l a u s i V 227
VISUAL BOARDS ACCESSORIES Single Marker Holder, magnetic Order no. VB-SH-MA Magnetic holder for pens/board markers with a maximum diameter of 12 mm. Magnetic signs for value stream symbols Designation Order no. Dimensions (WxH) Inlay (ET) Pack Large Small Inlay (ET), white Inlay (ET), white HE148-105 105 x 148 mm ET105-148 50 pcs. HE547-75 75 x 47 mm ET475 ET105-148 105 x 148 mm ET475 75 x 47 mm 50 pcs. 40 pcs. 120 pcs. Sticker pad Smiley, self-adhesive Order no. VB-ZB001 Pads 20 pcs. Pack 1200 pcs. Smiley sticker for labelling the corresponding status. Sticker diameter 30 mm. Smiley magnets, magnetic Designation Order no. Dimensions Colour Pack Sad Neutral Smiling VB-HMS-01 Ø 36 mm Red 10 pcs. VB-HMS-04 Ø 36 mm Yellow 10 pcs. VB-HMS-05 Ø 36 mm Green 10 pcs. Smileys printed on plastic-coated magnets. High adhesive force and a good symbolic effect. Board Cleaner Order no. VB-WR - Cleaning spray for whiteboards - Quick-drying - For removing dried-on residue - Propellant-free - Bottle capacity: 250 ml SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 228
VISUAL BOARDS Board marker Order no. VB-WS4 Pack 4 pcs. - Easily wiped off all whiteboard surfaces - For whiteboards and fl ipcharts - Case containing 4 pre-sorted colours: black, red, blue, green - Can be refi lled cleanly Marker Holder (4 Marker), magnetic Order no. VB-SH4-MA - For all magnetic whiteboards - Magnetic - Holds up to 4 Board markers s d r a o B l a u s i V Board Assistant, magnetic Designation Order no. Pack Board Assistant VB-BA-MA 1 pc. Wiper refi ll pack VB-LP 100 pcs. - For all magnetic whiteboards - Magnetic storage box - Holds up to 7 Board markers - The lid doubles as a whiteboard eraser File storage Order no. VB-ZB002 - For attachment to our aluminium profi les (Visual Boards) - All containers are suitable for storing folders - Creates space; folders are immediately to hand Whiteboard printing We print whiteboards in-house individually, e.g. with a matrix or tables. Protected by a coating, they are also resistant to daily writing and erasing, as well as board cleaner fluids. 229
DOCUMENT HOLDER DOCU DOCUDOCU MENT HOLDER HOLDER HOLDER HOLDER Whether work instructions, machine running times, shuttle train timetables or maintenance and inspection logs – all documents vital to operations must be displayed securely and clearly. Depending on the business and area of use, external factors such as dust, high humidity or oil-laden air must be taken into account, as the documents need to be protected from these. 230 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
DOCUMENT HOLDER katalog.orgatex.com/ documentholder Scan to fi nd out more. Magnetic Windows ...............................................................234 Magnetic-Windows-Frames .....................................................235 Magnetic-Windows-Headline .................................................236 Multi Windows....................................................................................... 237 Clipboard ............................................................................................238 FLIP-MAG ..........................................................................................239 At ORGATEX®, you’ll find a wide range of solutions for securely displaying your important documents with minimal effort and replacing them with ease. Our docu- ment holders adhere to a variety of surfaces, e.g. all smooth surfaces made of metal, glass or plastic. Our Magnetic Windows are available in various sizes and colours. They feature three Magnetic sides and one Self-adhesive side, allowing them to be fixed in place permanently. The document windows are writable, so that, for example, machine running times can be recorded without removing the document. In combi- nation with our Magnetic-Windows headings, they provide a clear overview of operations. Alongside the magnetic windows, our range also includes the Multi-Windows document holder, which adheres even to smooth surfaces and can be reused multiple times. If you need to display several A4 pages in a ring binder format, our FLIP-MAG range with special Neodymium magnets is the ideal solution. Finally, the clipboard is an essential part of everyday operations; it also combines perfectly with the Magnetic Windows and can be placed on boards. t n e m u c o D r e d o H l 231
DOCUMENT HOLDER INFOGRAPHIC DOCUMENT HOLDER Magnetic on 3 sides, 1 side self-adhesive for permanent attachment. Documents can be easily replaced. Clear identification through coloured frame Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens Adheres to almost all surfaces For flexible or permanent labelling Documents are protected from dirt and weather conditions SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 232
DOCUMENT HOLDER FLIP-MAG DIN A4 sleeves with binding edge and Neodymium magnets. Magnetic ring binder mechanism with rubber-coated high- performance magnets (prevents scratching of surfaces) for use, for example, at workstations and on wall boards. DIN DIN formats Execution of document holders in standard landscape and portrait formats Common 5S colours Continuous Further development t n e m u c o D r e d o H l Clipboard With additional rubber coating on the Clamp, it provides optimum hold for all types of documents. The robust metal Clamp has a strong gripping action. Up to 60 sheets can be clamped in place. Multi-window document holders for visual boards. Adhere even to smooth surfaces and can be reused several times (repositionable). 233
DOCUMENT HOLDER MAGNETIC WINDOWS Important work instructions, key fi gures or test reports must be up to date and clearly legible at all times. Magnetic Windows provide reliable protection for documents and allow for quick replacement without the need for tools. Colour-coded frames provide additional guidance and support standardised visual communica- tion on the shop fl oor. - Coloured document windows - Easy replacement of documents - Permanent attachment possible using adhesive strips - Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens - Easy labelling thanks to coloured frames Magnetic Windows Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A5 landsc. 210 x 148/235 x 173 KAN-MW-A5Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A4 portr. 210 x 297/235 x 322 KAN-MW-A4H- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 210/322 x 235 KAN-MW-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 portr. 297 x 420/322 x 445 KAN-MW-A3H- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 297/445 x 322 KAN-MW-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A2 portr. 420 x 594/445 x 620 KAN-MW-A2H- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB DIN A2 landsc. 594 x 420/620 x 445 KAN-MW-A2Q- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB DIN A1 landsc. 841 x 594/865 x 620 KAN-MW-A1Q- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. LETTER portr. 8.50 x 11.00/9.50 x 12.00 KAN-MWEX-A4H- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER landsc. 11.00 x 8.50/12.00 x 9.50 KAN-MWEX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. LEDGER landsc. 17.00 x 11.00/18.00 x 12.00 KAN-MWEX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 10 pcs. Arch. C landsc. 22.00 x 17.00/23.00 x 18.00 KAN-MWEX-A2Q- - 03 - - - - 88 HB 1 pc. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 234
DOCUMENT HOLDER MAGNETIC WINDOWS FRAMES Machine running times, maintenance schedules or quality data must be able to be added directly to the document. The document holders for direct labelling of documents combine secure fastening with easy replacement of documents. This ensures that information remains up to date, traceable and available at all times. - Coloured frames for documents to be labelled directly - Easy replacement of documents - Permanent securing possible using adhesive strips - Easy labelling thanks to coloured frames Magnetic Windows Frames Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. DIN A4 portr. 210 x 297/234 x 321 KAN-MWR-A4H- Colour Code 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB Pack 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 210/321 x 234 KAN-MWR-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 portr 297 x 420/321 x 444 KAN-MWR-A3H- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 297/444 x 321 KAN-MWR-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER LEDGER 205.00 x 268.50/239.00 x 302.50 KAN-MWREX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. 268,50 x 421,00/302,50 x 455,00 KAN-MWREX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 Stück t n e m u c o D r e d o H l 235
DOCUMENT HOLDER MAGNETIC-WINDOWS- HEADLINE A clear structure makes it easier to fi nd your way around shop fl oor and information boards. The header frames create clearly visible sections for key fi gures, areas or process steps and can be quickly replaced when changes are needed. This ensures a consistent look and reduces search times. - Easy replacement of documents - Can be permanently fi xed in place using adhesive tape - Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens - Easy labelling using coloured frames Magnetic-Windows-Headline Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm)/(in) Order no. + Colour code Pack DIN A4 portr. 210 x 48/235 x 70 KAN-MWH-A4H- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A4 landsc. 297 x 48/322 x 70 KAN-MWH-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. DIN A3 landsc. 420 x 48/445 x 70 KAN-MWH-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 06 08 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER portr. 8.50 x 1.80 in/9.50 x 2.80 KAN-MWHEX-A4H- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 10 pcs. LETTER landsc. 11.00 x 1.80 in/12.00 x 2.80 KAN-MWHEX-A4Q- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 10 pcs. LEDGER landsc. 17.00 x 1.80 in/18.00 x 2.80 KAN-MWHEX-A3Q- 01 03 04 05 - - 88 HB 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 236
MULTI WINDOWS DOCUMENT HOLDER Changing information requires a mounting solution that works permanently without magnets or Glue. Multi Windows adhere to smooth surfaces, can be repositioned and reused multiple times. Ideal for glass, metal or plastic – for a neat and fl exible presentation of information. - All-round adhesive frame - Removable without leaving any residue - Repositionable (can be re-adhered) - Reusable - Adheres to smooth surfaces (e.g. glass, metal, plastic) - Inscribable with non-permanent felt-tip pens Multi Windows Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm) Order no. + Colour code DIN A4 portr. 212 x 300/231 x 318 (mm) KAN-MU-A4- 01 03 04 05 08 88 DIN A5 portr. 151 x 212/169 x 231 (mm) KAN-MU-A5- - - - - - 88 DIN A3 portr. 298 x 422/318 x 441 (mm) KAN-MU-A3- - - - - - 88 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. t n e m u c o D r e d o H l 237
DOCUMENT HOLDER CLIPBOARD Even where there is no fi xed writing pad, forms still need to be fi lled in neatly. The sturdy clipboard holds documents securely in place and is ideal for inspections, main- tenance or production supervision. When used in combination with Visual Boards, it enables consistent document organisation. - Sturdy metal clamp with high clamping force - Holds up to 60 sheets - Hard-wearing plastic (polystyrene) - Rubberised clamp for a particularly safe hold Clipboard Format DIN A4 portr. DIN A4 landsc. DIN A4 portr. magnetic DIN A4 landsc., magnetic Dimensions (W x H) (mm) 234 x 321 321 x 234 234 x 321 321 x 234 Order no. VB-KB-A4H-88 VB-KB-A4Q-88 VB-KBM-A4H-88 VB-KBM-A4Q-88 Pack 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 238
FLIP-MAG DOCUMENT HOLDER Key fi gures, work instructions and reports often consist of several pages. FLIP-MAG allows you to fl ip through entire sets of documents clearly and keeps them magnetically secured right where they’re needed. This ensures that information remains protected, up to date and readily available at all times. - Can be used on both sides - For use with our ring binder mechanism - Can be used vertically or horizontally - 4-hole punching t n e m u c o D r e d o H l 239 FLIP-MAG Designation Order no. + Colour code FLIP-MAG (Sleeves) FLIP-MAG- 01 03 04 05 07 - FLIP-MAG-ESD-Version FLIP-MAG-ESD- - - - - - 20 Ring binder mechanism, magnetic RBM-MA-35 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 1 pc.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE ELECTRO STATIC DIS CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE Do you work with electrostatically sensitive assemblies or components? In that case, we have developed special versions of our popular products designed to dissipate electrostatic charge. To achieve this, we use, for example, special PVC fi lms that permanently dissipate any charges that build up. This ensures that none of your products are damaged or completely destroyed during your storage processes. 240 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Visual pockets ESD visual pockets for attaching ...........................................244 Fasteners for visual pockets Fasteners for visual pockets ESD ...........................................245 ESD visual pockets, super-magnetic ...................................247 Document holder KANBAN-Cover ESD for overhanging ...............................248 KAN-Label ESD ....................................................................................249 KLT-Snapper-ESD-KANBAN-Sleeves ................................250 Receipt holder FLIP-MAG ESD .......................................................................................251 Work document sleeve ESD, type Primus ......................252 Insertion systems Systembox ESD (low-charging) ..............................................253 Accessories Systembox ESD .....................................................254 KANBAN-letterbox ESD (low-charging) ..........................255 Floor marking ESD tape.....................................................................................................256 Floor Marking Sign „ESD“ ..............................................................258 LongLife Floor Marking „ESD“ ...................................................259 Dollies Dollies ESD, 600 x 400 mm ........................................................ 260 Parking slots ESD end caps for parking slots .................................................261 katalog.orgatex.com/ esd Scan to find out more. Did you know? This is what ESD means! Electrostatic charge can build up on the human body and be released in a discharge. These charges are generated by friction and the subsequent separation of two objects. In the case of particularly strong charges, this can even result in visible sparks. A discharge that can be felt by a person is around 3,000 volts, whereas 30 volts is sufficient to destroy a component or assembly that is vulnerable to elec- trostatic discharge. 241 c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE INFOGRAPHIC ESD PRODUCTS Mounting holes for various mounting option Slot perforation for all-round bracket IDP-STAT® Rigid PVC film Wide product range For work areas with electrostatic discharges Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 242
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE IDP-STAT® PVC rigid film A specially developed IDP-STAT® PVC film (IDP = Inherently Dissipative Polymer) in thicknesses of 0.25 mm and 0.7 mm is used to manufacture our products. This special PVC film ensures permanent dissipative properties. Common format sizes LongLife floor marking The ORGATEX® floor marking (floor markings and floor marking tape) is ideal for labelling ESD work areas. Common 5S colours Ongoing development N l T T r e eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . N 0 i l T T 0 e r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r eTeile Nr. 004 Teile Nr. 004 e . 4 N i 0 l T T e 0 r e e . 4 N i i 0 l l e e 0 r . 4 N N 0 Systembox ESD/ KANBAN-letterbox ESD Enables Kanban control even in ESD-sensitive Dollies areas. The system boxes and letterboxes are produced from a low-charging granulate (Irgastat P 18 FCA). The ESD castors used on the dollies are designed to ensure optimum performance and protection with high-quality ball bearings and hub caps. 243 c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE VISUAL POCKETS ESD FOR ATTACHING Sensitive production areas require document holders that do not compromise ESD protection. The ESD visual pockets reliably protect work instructions, test documents and process information, keeping them clearly visible at all times. They support standardised procedures, reduce search times and ensure greater process reliability in ESD-protected areas. - Permanently conductive - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning A A B B Available formats in mm, outer dimension / inner dimension 1/3 A7 landsc. A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A5 portr. A4 landsc. A4 portr. A B 160/108 112/70 159/111 205/152 264/217 268/217 335/328 230/225 115/112 159/156 230/225 160/153 325/322 229/225 ESD visual pockets for attaching Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A7 landsc. DIN A6 landsc. 1/3 DIN DIN A5 landsc. DIN A5 portr. DIN A4 portr. SD011-ESD- SD012-ESD- SD016-ESD- SD013-ESD- SD015-ESD- SD018-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. SD020-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 244
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FASTENERS FOR VISUAL POCKETS ESD All-round bracket (patented) Order no. KTB3000 Pack 10 pcs. The patented all-purpose bracket for quick insertion into our visual pockets with slot perforation in the head section. Designed for mesh boxes and/or thick-walled containers up to 4 cm. Dimensions (WxH): 215 x 125 mm. The all-purpose clip cannot be used with: - Bag versions with a protective flap - DIN A7 landsc., DIN A4 landsc. Special retaining bracket Order no. MA2000 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. The Special Retaining Clamp is threaded through the two outer hanging holes of the visual pocket. Thanks to its spring steel construction, it sits securely between bars or cardboard boxes, on mesh crates, etc. This bracket can be clipped over, inserted or, by twisting, clipped in between. Dimensions (WxH): 320 x 100 mm. Particularly suitable for DIN A4 landsc.; cannot be used with DIN A6 landsc. or DIN A5 portr. Mini special bracket Order no. MA2080 Pack 10 pcs. c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D The mini special bracket, made from spring steel wire, is designed for securing smaller bag sizes (DIN A6 landsc. / DIN A5 portr.). Secure fastening to cardboard boxes, containers, mesh crates, etc. This clip can be clipped over, inserted or, by turning it, clipped through. Dimensions (W x H): 230 x 80 mm. Suitable exclusively for DIN A6 landsc. and DIN A5 portr. Container bracket Order no. MA2090 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. The special fastening is recommended for thick-walled containers with a wall thickness of up to approx. 2 cm. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 21 mm. Container bracket Order no. MA2100 Pack 10 pcs. Made of black coated spring steel wire with rounded ends. This flexible attachment is particularly recommended for thick-walled containers with a wall thickness of up to 5 cm. Dimensions (WxHxD): 170 x 65 x 45 mm. 245
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FASTENERS FOR VISUAL POCKETS ESD U-clamps (patented) Order no. MA2030 Pack 50 pcs. For attaching bags/sleeves to all types of mesh crates. The special bend allows for easy removal. Dimensions (W x H): 28 x 55 mm. U-clamps Order no. MA2020 Pack 50 pcs. For piercing cardboard boxes, plastic film and other outer packaging, and for use with small visual pocket sizes (DIN A7/DIN A6). Dimensions (W x H): 15 x 38 mm. For the development of an ESD control programme and the establishment of ESD-protected areas (Electrostatic Discharge Protected Area, EPA) It is recommended that the following international- standards be used as a guide for safety: DIN EN 61340-5-1 Electrostatics – Part 5-1: Protection of electronic components against electrostatic phenomena – General requirements (2008-07) DIN EN 61340-5-1 Amendment 1 Electrostatics – Part 5-2: Protection of electronic components against electrostatic phenomena – User’s guide (2009-09) DIN EN 61340-5-3 NEW Electrostatics – Part 5-3: Protection of electronic components against electrostatic phenomena – Properties and requirements for the classification of packaging used for components sensitive to electrostatic discharge. (2011-05) IDP-STAT®-PVC film - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm and 0.7 mm - Recyclable Product qualifi cation according to DIN EN 61340-5-1 (2008-07): Test method Limit values Surface resistance RS Ambient conditions: 12 ± 3 % relative humidity and 23 ± 2 °C (conditioning > 48 hours) DIN EN 61340-2-3 1 x 105 ≤ RS < 1 x 1011 Ω Typical values 109 – 1010 Ω SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 246
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE VISUAL POCKETS ESD SUPER-MAGNETIC Production documents change regularly and need to be replaced quickly. The super-magnetic ESD visual pockets can be attached and repositioned without tools. This speeds up updates, supports lean processes and protects sensitive electronics at the same time. - Permanently conductive - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning A A B B c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D Existing formats in mm Outer dimension/inner dimension A6 landsc. A5 landsc. A4 landsc. A B 159/111 159/156 205/152 230/225 268/217 325/322 A4 portr. 335/328 229/225 Visual pockets ESD, super-magnetic Format Order no. + Colour code DIN A6 landsc. MU2260-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A5 landsc. MU2250-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 portr. MU2240-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 DIN A4 landsc. MU2230-ESD- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 Pack 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 247
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KANBAN-COVER ESD FOR OVERHANGING KANBAN cards are in daily use and must remain legible at all times. The KANBAN-Cover ESD protects cards from dirt and damage and meets the requirements of sensitive ESD areas – ensuring stable material fl ows and safe production control. The KANBAN-Cover ESD can be used for both standard containers and customised specifi c solutions. - Permanently conductive - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.7 mm - Recyclable Order no. Format Outer dimensions (WxHxD) (mm) KAN-COW1/4DIN-ESD 1/4 DIN 215 x 80 x 16 Pack 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 248
KAN-LABEL ESD ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Unclear container labelling leads to errors and delays. KAN-Label ESD ensures the unambiguous identifi cation of materials and containers and supports transparent, standardised logistics processes. - VDA Standard 4902 - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning - Closed on three sides, side insertion c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 249 KAN-Label ESD Order no. KL100-ESD-20 Dimensions inner/outer (WxH) (mm) 200 x 67/209 x 80 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN-ESD-20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KAN-LABELA5-ESD-20 200 x 135/209 x 147 Inlay ET670 ET85 ET135 Pack 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KLT-SNAPPER ESD-KANBAN-SLEEVES Material fl ows are constantly changing. With the KLT-Snapper ESD, labelling can be attached to KLT containers quickly and securely and replaced as required. This reduces changeover times and prevents mix-ups. - VDA Standard 4902 - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning - Closed on three sides, top-loading KLT-Snapper ESD-KANBAN-sleeves Order no. Dimensions inner/outer (WxH) (mm) KLT-SNAP-ESD/20 200 x 67/209 x 80 KLTSNAP-1/3DIN-ESD/20 200 x 85/209 x 99 KLTSNAP-DINA5-ESD/20 200 x 135/209 x 147 Inlay ET670 ET85 ET135 Pack 50 pcs. 50 pcs. 50 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 250
FLIP-MAG ESD ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE Work instructions, test plans and reports often consist of several pages. FLIP-MAG ESD presents complete sets of documents in a clear and organised manner and protects them in electrostatically sensitive areas. - Can be used on both sides - Designed specifi cally for use with ring binder mechanisms - Permanently dissipative - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: 0.25 mm - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 251 FLIP-MAG ESD Order no. Format Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm) FLIP-MAG-ESD-20 DIN A4 297 x 210/315 x 255 RBM-MA-35 Ring binder mechanism, magnetic Pack 10 pcs. 1 pc.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE WORK DOCUMENT ESD TYPE PRIMUS Production and test documents must be kept clean and readily accessible. The PRIMUS ESD work document sleeve reliably protects documents from dirt and electrostatic interference and supports standardised workfl ows. - Permanently conductive - Made from Inherently Dissipative Polymer (IDP) - Meets the requirements of DIN EN 61340-5-1 - Colour: slightly milky, transparent - Film thickness: back 0.7 mm, front 0.25 mm - Side slot - With welded-on business card pocket - Recyclable - Suitable for scanning Work Document Sleeve ESD, type Primus Order no. ATP660-ESD-20 Format DIN A4 Dimensions inner/outer (WxH) (mm) 215 x 305/240 x 316 Pack 10 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 252
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SYSTEMBOX ESD (LOW-CHARGING) The ESD system box is used to hold KANBAN cards. The Systembox can be arranged in an interlocking or block configuration and extended as required. - Material: ABS - Low-charging - Use in ESD-KANBAN boards c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 253 Systembox ESD (low-charging) Order no. SYSB-ESD-06 Dimensions inner/outer (W x H) (mm) 118 x 190 x 6/122 x 192 x 10 Pack 10 pcs.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE SYSTEMBOX ESD ACCESSORIES Bracket (stainless steel) Order no. Version Format (WxH) (mm) SYSB-WH-1 Bracket, single (stainless steel) 111 x 166 SYSB-WH-4 Bracket, 4-way (stainless steel) 486 x 166 - Equipped with holes for wall mounting or attachment to our greyboards - The system boxes are stacked in columns of 1 or 4 on the wall bracket - Incl. mounting material Additional bracket (stainless steel) Order no. SYSB-WH-U - The additional bracket can be used to secure the penultimate System box in a row Adjustable base for systembox Order no. SYSB-FH Pack 50 pcs. - Adjustable in 5 mm increments - System box can be adjusted to individual card size Insert label, transparent, small Order no. Matching cardboard insert Pack SYSB-HE-35-ESD SYSB-HE-169-ESD ET33-75K ET75-168K 10 pcs. 10 pcs. Cardboard inserts Order no. + Colour code Suitable for Cardboard Inserts/Pack Sheets DIN A4 ET33-75K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-35-ESD 160 ET75-168K- 01 02 04 05 SYSB-HE-169-ESD 30 10 10 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 254
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE KANBAN-LETTERBOX ESD (LOW-CHARGING) Return cards must be reliably recorded to maintain stable material fl ows. The KANBAN-letterbox ESD enables the orderly collection of cards and supports transparent replenishment control in electrostatically protected areas. - High capacity (35 mm) - Suffi cient for up to 40 KANBAN cards - For KANBAN cards in accordance with VDA Standard 4902 - Material: ABS - Low-charging - Wall mounting with 2 screws (not included) c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 255 KANBAN-letterbox ESD (low-charging) Order no. Outer dimensions (WxHxD) (mm) KN-BK-35-ESD-06 115 x 155 x 38 Pack 2 pcs.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FLOOR MARKING TAPE ESD Protection in sensitive ESD areas! In electrostatically sensitive production environments, protection against electrostatic discharge (ESD) is crucial for product quality, staff safety and the prevention of costly component damage. The ORGATEX ESD floor marking tape combines professional floor marking with reliable ESD protection, thereby enabling the clear demarcation of ESD-protected areas (EPAs). - ESD protection on both sides (Glue and Surface) - Surface resistance < 1.0 x 1010 Ω and earth leakage resistance < 1.0 x 109 Ω - Long service life thanks to PET coating - Proven ESD protection for safety in sensitive areas - Dimensionally stable and removable without leaving any residue SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 256
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ESD FLOOR MARKING TAPE Material Thickness Surface resistance Resistance to ground Vinyl with PET laminate 0.14 mm ± 0.1 < 1 x 10¹⁰ Ω < 1 x 10⁹ Ω Adhesive Acrylate adhesive Temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C Processing temperature ≥12 °C Floor marking tape ESD Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGESD50- 01 02 04 05 07 08 LGESD75- 01 02 04 05 07 08 LGESD100- 01 02 04 05 07 08 33 33 33 c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 257
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE FLOOR MARKING SIGN »ESD« Unclear labelling increases the risk of incorrect behaviour in sensitive production areas. The FLOOR MARKING SIGN »ESD« makes protective areas immediately recognisable and helps ensure compliance with safety and quality standards. - Made from PVC - Fully self-adhesive backing - Improved occupational safety - Easy to apply - Excellent adhesive strength - High slip resistance - Suitable for vehicle traffi c - Highly visible warning and information eff ect Floor Marking Sign »ESD« Order no. Outer Dimension (W x H) (mm) LG-SCHILD-001-04 450 x 300 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 258
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE »ESD« Markings must remain clearly visible even under heavy use. LongLife floor marking tape permanently marks ESD areas and helps to ensure safe walkways and clearly defined work zones. Ideal for Lean, 5S and EPA concepts. - Easy to apply - Forklift- and scratch-resistant - High abrasion resistance - Excellent adhesive strength - Indicates ESD areas LongLife Floor Marking Tape »ESD« Order no. LG50-ESD LG75-ESD Format (W x L) (mm) 50 x 50000 75 x 50000 Roll 1 Roll 1 Roll 259 c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D
The internal transport of sensitive components requires suitable equipment. The ESD dollies ensure a safe flow of materials, protect sensitive components and support ergonomic workflows. - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Suitable for use in a train formation (Drawbar subject to model) - Extremely stable on the track - Stackable - With Easy-Lock system - Manufactured in accordance with DIN ISO 9001/14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE DOLLIES ESD 600 X 400 MM MAT-BORO-1/ESD 2 swivel castors / 2 fixed castors MAT-BORO-2-ESD 4 swivel castors (plastic) MAT-BORO-7B-ESD 2 swivel castors / 2 fixed castors (plastic) with Drawbar Dollies ESD, 600 x 400 mm Order no. Designation Swivel-/fixed castors Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-1/ESD Dollies without drawbar MAT-BORO-2-ESD4 Dollies without drawbar MAT-BORO-7B-ESD Dollies with drawbar 2/2 4/- 2/2 400 400 400 600 600 600 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 260
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE END CAPS ESD FOR PARKING SLOTS The ESD end caps provide a secure closure for parking bay rails and ensure the reliable guidance of dollies in electrostatically protected areas. Thanks to their robust execution and mechanical fastening, they are ideal for permanent use in production and logistics. Suitable for ESD, Lean and EPA concepts. - Secure end cap for the parking bay rail - Suitable for ESD and EPA areas - Robust and durable execution - 2 mounting holes - Includes impact dowels for installation - Must be fi xed using impact dowels - 1 set = 4 Pcs. (for 1 x parking slot) End Caps ESD for parking slots Order no. PAB-EK1-ESD Set 4 pcs. c i t a t s o r t c e E l e g r a h c s i D 261
MATERIAL TRANSPORT MA TERIAL TRANS PORT To save costs and remain competitive, internal material supply must be organised as effi ciently as possible. Tugger trains are becoming increasingly important due to the growing demand for fl exible material supply. To ensure materials are supplied exactly as required, containers of diff erent sizes must be able to be transported simultaneously. ORGATEX® off ers you the ideal equipment for this: Dollies, shelfwagons, taxiwagons and adapter pallets. 262 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
MATERIAL TRANSPORT Dollies ......................................................................................................266 Dollies, 400 x 400 mm .....................................................................267 Dollies, 400 x 600 mm .....................................................................268 Dollies, 800 x 600 mm ......................................................................274 Dollies, 800 x 1200 mm .................................................................... 276 Pallet dollies ...................................................................................278 Pallet dolly, 600 x 800 mm .......................................................... 278 Pallet dolly,, 800 x 1200 mm ....................................................... 279 Pallet dolly accessories ................................................................. 280 Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm ..................................282 Taxi wagon for dollies .......................................................284 Adapter pallet for dollies.............................................285 Lid..................................................................................................................286 Lid with integrated belt system ..............................................286 Lid, lashing strap ................................................................................. 287 katalog.orgatex.com/ materialtransport Scan to fi nd out more. ORGATEX® floor Dollies made from galvanised steel can be used in a much more space-saving manner than pallets thanks to their size and flexibility, and can also be swapped out more quickly. They are available in various sizes, with different types of castors, both with and without a drawbar, and also as Pallet Dollies – depending on your requirements. Our shelf wagon, suitable for use with tugger trains, features a perforated frame, allowing the shelves to be adjusted or removed as required. Our Taxi wagon is particularly useful for longer distances. Thanks to it, no additional equipment such as forklift trucks or pallet trucks is required for handling between the logistics train and the assembly area. Our range is rounded off by the Adapter pallet, which has been specially developed for holding, storing and transporting Dollies. Discover our solutions and ensure a synchronised supply of materials, reduced traffic volume, lower stock levels and high supply reliability in your business! t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M 263
MATERIAL TRANSPORT INFOGRAPHIC MATERIAL TRANSPORT Containers of varying sizes ensure that the materials to be transported are provided exactly as required Rolling logistics with dollies For transporting and storing dollies Flexible material supply Transport of containers of various sizes Supply with tugger train SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 264
MATERIAL TRANSPORT Dollies Dollies have 2 or 4 swivel castors, are compatible with Euro-sized containers and are suitable for use in tugger trains. They are extremely stable and stay on track. Suitable for transport on an Adapter pallet. Adapter pallet For holding, storing and transporting dollies. Dollies can be secured on the adapter pallet. Forklift trucks can pick up the adapter pallet transversely or longitudinally from all 4 sides. Extensive range of accessories Taxi wagon Transport of up to 3 Dollies measuring 400 x 600 mm at the same time. Self-locking interlock system for added safety. Low loading height – Dollies are protected against accidental rolling out. Suitable for use with a tugger train. t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Pallet Dollies Standard Euro-pallet dimensions. Suitable for use with a tugger; the Drawbar on these Pallet Dollies is fully retractable – this allows forklift trucks to pick up the Pallet Dollies from three sides. Tension straps for securing the load are available as an option and are fitted to the frame at the factory. 265
MATERIAL TRANSPORT Polyamide castors Polyamide castors - The all-rounder made from durable plastic - The all-rounder made from durable plastic - Suitable for most industrial applications - Suitable for most industrial applications - No jamming in monorail stations - No jamming in monorail stations Rubber castors - Recommended for use in tugger train applications - Excellent directional stability - For quiet rolling Polyurethane castors Polyurethane castors - Convenient transport - Convenient transport - For quiet rolling - For quiet rolling - Harder than rubber castors - Harder than rubber castors Polyurethane ESD castors - The all-rounder made from durable plastic - Suitable for use in ESD areas - No jamming in monorail stations Non-marking polyamide ESD castors Non-marking polyamide ESD castors - Made from durable plastic - Made from durable plastic - Suitable for use in ESD areas - Suitable for use in ESD areas - Leaves no marks on the floor - Leaves no marks on the floor ESD rubber castors - Recommended for use in tugger trains - Excellent directional stability - For quiet rolling »Clean Wheel« castors »Clean Wheel« castors - For use in cleanrooms - For use in cleanrooms - Do not cause abrasion - Do not cause abrasion - Do not collect dirt - Do not collect dirt SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 266
DOLLIES 400 X 400 MM Dollies, 400 x 400 mm 3 - O R O B - T A M 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M U P 160 Yes No Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar MATERIAL TRANSPORT When small quantities of material need to be supplied frequently and with pinpoint accuracy, large load carriers are ineffi cient. The compact dolly, measuring 400 × 400 mm, moves small Euro-sized containers safely through narrow spaces and stays on track even in synchronised routetrain processes. This reduces inter- mediate stock and creates more freedom of movement in the workplace. - Dimensions: 179 x 405 x 405 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 6 kg - Maximum load: 160 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - With locking corners for smooth container bases - 2 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors - 3 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 160 Yes No - 3 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 160 Yes No Locking corners Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes v Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - Standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - Standard Please contact us for the current price. Produced by: 267
MATERIAL TRANSPORT DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM Varying quantities of materials and frequent supply cycles require a load carrier that is compact, robust and easy to handle. The 400 × 600 mm dollies transport Euro-sized containers ergonomically, are stackable and can be confi gured with suitable castors depending on the application. This ensures that supplies remain fl exible and reliable. - External dimensions: 600 x 400 x 173 mm (L x W x H) - Inner dimensions: 580 x 380 x 8 mm (L x W x H) - Net weight: 6 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: plastic - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Stackable - NOT suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - 2 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Roll width/diameter (mm) Polyurethane castors Polyamide castors Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel MAT-BORO-KU-2 250 Yes No No No Yes 35/100 - Standard - - - SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 268 Please send us an enquiry for the current price.
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 6.5 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely stable - 2 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon 1 - O R O B - T A M 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 1 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - Standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 269
MATERIAL TRANSPORT DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM Varying quantities of materials and frequent supply cycles require a load carrier that is compact, robust and easy to handle. The 400 × 600 mm dollies transport Euro-sized containers ergonomically, are stackable and can be confi gured with suitable castors or Locking corners depending on the application*. This ensures that supplies remain fl exible and reliable. - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 7 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel castors Dollies 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon 2 - O R O B - T A M 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 2 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - Standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 270
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 157 x 404 x 604 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 7.5 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - With locking corners - High manoeuvrability - 4 swivel castors Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon - 5 - O R O B - T A M G N 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M U P 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E 250 Yes No - 5 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes No Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - - - - - - - Standard - - - - - - - - - - - - - ESD-Non- Marking ESD- Rubber ESD-PU - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 271
MATERIAL TRANSPORT DOLLIES 400 X 600 MM Varying quantities of materials and frequent supply cycles call for a load carrier that is compact, robust and easy to handle. The 400 × 600 mm dollies transport Euro-size containers ergonomically, are stackable and can be confi gured with suitable castors, a Drawbar or Locking corners depending on the application*. This ensures that supply remains fl exible and reliable. - Dimensions: 162 x 400 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 7 kg - Maximum load: 250 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Castors for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely stable - Suitable for use in a tugger train (Drawbar subject to model) - 2 swivel-/fi xed castors (swivel castors: polyamide; fi xed castors: rubber) - With drawbar Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar / B 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 250 Yes 250 Yes 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 250 Yes - B 7 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 250 Yes Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors Standard - - - ESD-PA - ESD- Non-Marking - - - - - Rubber castors Clean Wheel Standard Standard Standard Standard ESD-Rubber - - - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 272 Produced by:
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 612 x 404 x 683 mm (L x W x H) - Net weight: 18 kg - Maximum load: 70 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Extremely stable - Suitable for use in a tugger train (Drawbar subject to model) - Ergonomic handling (raised deck) - 2 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors - With drawbar - C 7 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 70 No C 7 - O R O B - T A M 70 No - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - C 7 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 70 No 70 No Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Dollies, 400 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors Standard - - - ESD-PA - ESD-Non- Marking - - - - - Rubber castors Clean Wheel Standard Standard Standard Standard ESD-Rubber - - - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 273
MATERIAL TRANSPORT DOLLIES 800 X 600 MM Dollies, 800 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M L 5 500 Yes No Larger containers increase transport capacity but must not hinder the fl ow of materials. The 800 × 600 mm dollies combine high load-bearing capacity with precise manoeuvrability and are designed for Euro-sized containers, tugger trains and adapter pallets. Various castor confi gurations and optional locking mechanisms enable a customised solution for production, warehousing and ESD areas. - Dimensions: 158 × 800 × 600 mm (H × W × L) - Net weight: 12 kg - Maximum load capacity: 500 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Castors for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Suitable for use in a tugger train (Drawbar subject to model) - High manoeuvrability - 5 swivel castors - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E - L 5 500 Yes No - 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C - L 5 500 Yes No Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - - - Standard - - - - - - - - ESD- Non-Marking ESD-Rubber - - - - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 274
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 495 x 800 x 600 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 12 kg - Maximum load capacity: 500 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Compatible with Euro-sized containers - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - Extremely stable - Suitable for use in a tugger-trailer combination (Drawbar subject to model) - Ergonomic transport - 3 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors - With drawbar - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M U P 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C / D S E 500 Yes 500 Yes - 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C 500 Yes / 2 - D 0 0 8 - O R O B - T A M I B M O C 500 Yes Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Dollies, 800 x 600 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Adapter pallet Taxi wagon Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard - - - Rubber castors Standard Standard Standard Clean Wheel - - - - ESD-Non- Marking - - ESD- Rubber - ESD- Rubber - - ESD-PA ESD- Rubber - - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 275 t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M
MATERIAL TRANSPORT DOLLIES 800 X 1200 MM Heavy or bulky loads are often moved using infl exible aids, which block valuable fl oor space. The 800 × 1200 mm dollies make Euro-pallet-sized containers ready for direct transport along routes and facilitate a lowlevel, on-demand Supply system. This simplifi es handover, reduces the need for additional lifting operations and increases process reliability in the material fl ow. - Dimensions: 318 x 840 x 1240 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 29 kg - Maximum load: 1000 kg - Roll diameter: 200 mm - External dimensions: 1240 x 840 x 318 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel-/fi xed castors (optionally with 2 swivel and 2 fi xed castors) Dollies, 800 x 1200 mm MAT-BORO-1200x800-DC Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar 1000 Yes No Locking corners Standard Adapter pallet Taxi wagon No No Roll width/diameter (mm) 40/200 Polyurethane castors - Polyamide castors Standard Rubber castors ESD castors Clean Wheel - - - Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 276 Produced by:
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 502 x 800 x 1212 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 19 kg - Maximum load capacity: 300 kg - Roll diameter: 100 mm - Material: steel - Stackable - Rolls for various applications - ESD version available - Manufacturer certifi ed to ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 - Suitable for transport on an adapter pallet - Also available with locking corners for smooth container bases - 4 swivel castors / 2 fi xed castors Dollies, 800 x 1200 mm Load capacity (kg) Stackable Drawbar Locking corners Adapter pallet Taxi wagon - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M U P - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M M N / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M I M M U G / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M U P / D S E - A 300 Yes - 0 0 8 x 0 0 2 1 - O R O B - T A M N A E L C - A 300 Yes Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Roll width/diameter (mm) 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 35/100 Polyurethane castors - Standard Polyamide castors Standard - - - Rubber castors Standard Standard Standard Clean Wheel - - - - ESD-Non- Marking - - ESD- Rubber - ESD- Rubber - ESD PU - ESD- Rubber - - - - Standard Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 277
MATERIAL TRANSPORT PALLET DOLLIES 600 X 800 MM Compact palletised loads are often moved using oversized Compact palletised loads are often moved using oversized transport equipment. The 600 × 800 mm Pallet Dollies provide a space-saving, route-compatible solution for half- provide a space-saving, route-compatible solution for half- pallets and small load units. They improve space utilisation, pallets and small load units. They improve space utilisation, facilitate handling at the point of use and support short, demand-driven supply cycles. demand-driven supply cycles. - Polyurethane wheels: 160 mm - Swivel castors with brakes - Load capacity: maximum 1,000 kg - Lashing system: 1 strap (optional) - Surface: electro-galvanised - Surface: electro-galvanised - Loading possible from 3 sides (retractable Drawbar) - Suitable for tugger trains (Drawbar depends on model) Pallet-Dolly, 600 x 800 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Version Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-800x600 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck MAT-BORO-800x600-1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open 600 600 MAT-BORO-800x600V 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck (lashing system: 1 belt) 600 MAT-BORO-800x600V1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open (lashing system: 1 belt) 600 800 800 800 800 Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 278
MATERIAL TRANSPORT PALLET DOLLIES 800 X 1200 MM Large load carriers must be moved reliably between Large load carriers must be moved reliably between the warehouse, staging area and assembly area without the warehouse, staging area and assembly area without having to constantly change the means of transport. having to constantly change the means of transport. The 800 × 1200 mm Pallet Dollies accommodate Euro pallets The 800 × 1200 mm Pallet Dollies accommodate Euro pallets directly and enable continuous supply via a tugger train. directly and enable continuous supply via a tugger train. - Polyurethane wheels: 160 mm - Polyurethane wheels: 160 mm - Swivel castors with brakes - Swivel castors with brakes - Load capacity: maximum 1,000 kg - Load capacity: maximum 1,000 kg - Lashing system: 2 straps (optional) - Lashing system: 2 straps (optional) - Surface: electro-galvanised - Surface: electro-galvanised - Can be loaded from 3 sides (retractable Drawbar) - Can be loaded from 3 sides (retractable Drawbar) - Suitable for tugger trains (Drawbar depends on model) t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Pallet-Dolly, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Version Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-1200x800 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck MAT-BORO-1200x800-1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open 800 800 MAT-BORO-1200x800V 2/2 (polyurethane) Wooden deck (lashing system: 2 belts) 800 MAT-BORO-1200x800V1 2/2 (polyurethane) Open (lashing system: 2 belts) 800 1200 1200 1200 1200 Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 279
MATERIAL TRANSPORT ACCESSORIES Push bar for dollies Order no. MAT-STANGE Produced by: The ergonomically designed push bar is the ideal aid, particularly for dollies with a low loading height. Easy to attach and ready to use straight away as a pushing or pulling aid. Suitable for all K.Hartwall dollie types. Oil pan for dolly, galvanised, anodised Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB001 for dolly, 400 x 600 mm MAT-BORO-ZB002 for dolly, 800 x 600 mm Drip-tight and impact-resistant oil pan made of anodised steel. Oil pan for dolly, plastic Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB004 for dolly, 400 x 600 mm Drip-tight oil pan made of deep-drawn plastic. Wooden lid for dolly Order no. Version MAT-BORO-ZB003 for dolly, 800 x 600 mm Wooden top deck for transporting non-form-fit containers. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: Produced by: SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 280
MATERIAL TRANSPORT Drawbar for taxi wagons Order no. MAT-SD - Depending on tractor type - Maximum towing weight: 6 t (Drawbar), 2 t (kingpin) - Sturdy, welded steel construction - Designed with ergonomic considerations in mind - Quick and easy foot operation - High-quality execution with gas pressure cylinder - Suitable for the most common types of tractors - Compatible with all types of dollies, shelf wagons and the MATTAXI002 taxi wagon model Produced by: t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M 281
MATERIAL TRANSPORT SHELF WAGON 800 X 1200 MM Loose containers and varying container sizes make it diffi cult to organise the supply of materials to multiple workstations. The shelf wagon, which is suitable for use in tugger train systems, consolidates materials across multiple levels and can be fl exibly confi gured using adjustable or removable shelves. This consolidates transport, keeps materials visible and allows them to be made available at the point of use without the need for additional reloading. - Total load capacity: 450 kg - Shelves adjustable in 50 mm increments - Loading capacity: 4 x KLT 400 x 600 mm per level - 2 swivel castors and 2 fi xed castors per level - 160 mm polyurethane wheels - Standard specifi cation: 3 shelves and base plate - With cover, suitable for use on public transport - Inner dimensions (L x W x H): 1200 x 800 x 1367 mm - External dimensions (L x W x H): 1260 x 808 x 1675 mm Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Designation Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-RW12X8-001 2/2 (polyurethane) Shelf wagon 808 MAT-RW-ZB001 - Cover for shelf wagon – 1260 – Produced by: 282 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW Please send us an enquiry for the current price.
MATERIAL TRANSPORT - Dimensions: 1810 x 820 x 1220 mm (H x W x L) - Net weight: 65 kg - Maximum load: 1000 kg - Roll diameter: 200 mm - Material: hard-wearing plastic - 4 levels - Shelves spaced 365 mm apart - 2 swivel castors and 2 fi xed castors with brakes at the rear t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Shelf wagon, 800 x 1200 mm Order no. Swivel-/fi xed castors Designation Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-BORO-1200x800-EB 2/2 (polyamide) Shelf wagon 820 1220 Produced by: Please send us an enquiry for the current price. 283
MATERIAL TRANSPORT TAXI WAGON FOR DOLLIES Transporting individual dollies over long distances ties up staff and increases traffi c volume. The taxi wagon accommodates several dollies at once and allows for loading and unloading from both sides with a particularly low drive-on height. The self-locking interlock system prevents accidental rolling away and makes route-train supply faster and safer. - Transport of dollies over long distances - Loading and unloading from both sides - Maximum load capacity: 750 kg - Extremely low loading height - Operation of the access ramps via a hand lever (interlock system) Taxi wagon for dollies Order no. Swivel castors/ Fixed castors Version Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-TAXI001 4/- (polyurethane) for 3 Dollies, 400 mm MAT-TAXI002 2/2 (polyurethane) for 3 Dollies, 400 mm MAT-TAXI003 4/- (polyurethane) for 4 Dollies, 400 mm 726 726 726 2480 2287 3161 Please contact us for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 284
MATERIAL TRANSPORT ADAPTER PALLET FOR DOLLIES Dollies are versatile for in-house use, but are not automatically suitable for lorry transport or storage on heavy-duty racking. The galvanised adapter pallet securely holds various dolly sizes together, can be loaded from all sides and is stackable whether loaded or unloaded. This enables transfers between tugger trains, the warehouse and external transport without the need for repackaging. - Material: steel - Net weight: 39 kg - Load capacity: 1000 kg - Suitable for lorry transport - Increased stability - Savings on transport costs - Can be stored on heavy-duty racking Adapter pallet for: - 6 Dollies, 400 x 400 mm - 4 Dollies, each 400 x 600 mm - 2 Dollies, 800 x 600 mm - 2 dollies, each 400 x 600 mm - 1 Dollies, 800 x 600 mm NOW ALSO AGV-READY! Adapter pallet for dollies Order no. Width (mm) Length (mm) MAT-ADAP-5 800 1200 t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 285
MATERIAL TRANSPORT LID WITH INTEGRATED BELT SYSTEM Loose belts waste time, get lost and lead to inconsistent securing processes. The robust lid combines a cover and a belt system in a ready- to-use solution for plastic, wooden and adapter pallets. Six handles make handling easier, whilst the high load-bearing capacity and the optional ESD version enable safe use in a variety of applications. - Material: polypropylene - Net weight: 8 kg - Execution with 6 handles - Maximum load capacity: 2000 kg - Integrated strap system suitable for all containers: plastic, wooden and adapter pallets Lids with integrated belt system Order no. MAT-PD1 Designation Version Pallet lid with integrated belt For plastic and wooden pallets MAT-PD1-ESD ESD pallet support lid with integrated belt For plastic and wooden pallets MAT-PD2 Pallet lid with integrated belt For adapter pallets MAT-PD2-ESD ESD pallet support lid with integrated belt For adapter pallets Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 286
MATERIAL TRANSPORT LID, LASHING STRAP Inadequately secured loads can shift, become damaged or disrupt the fl ow of materials. The appropriate lashing strap complements the lid to form a practical securing solution and keeps various containers securely in place during transport and storage. This creates standardised processes, reduces rework and increases safety throughout the entire transport chain. - Material: polypropylene - Net weight: 1 kg - Execution with 4 strapping grooves - Maximum load capacity: 1000 kg Lid, Lashing strap Order no. Designation MAT-ADAP-ZB002 MAT-ADAP-ZB001 Pallet support lid Lashing strap t r o p s n a r T l a i r e t a M Please send us an enquiry for the current price. Produced by: 287
MATERIAL SUPPLY MA TERIAL SUP PLYPLYPLY Given the wide variety of variants in today’s production processes, a reli- able supply of materials is essential. Modern production facilities there- fore rely on station systems, also known as ‘supermarkets’. These systems are based on the FiFo (‘fi rst in, fi rst out’) principle – which, amongst other things, prevents damage caused by excessive storage time and facilitates easy traceability in the event of material defects or disruptions. 288 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
MATERIAL SUPPLY FiFo-Monorail 5S .....................................................................292 FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm – 5S ........................................................292 FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm – 5S .........................................................293 FiFo-Monorail, individual ..............................................................294 Monomover 2.0 ..........................................................................295 OX Station .........................................................................................296 FiFo-Monorail Signage 5S ..........................................297 FiFo-Monorail...............................................................................298 FiFo-Monorail end caps HD, 40 mm ...................................298 FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm ....................................................................299 FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm ....................................................................300 Accessories FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm and 55 mm ....... 301 FiFo-station system for all roll widths FiFo-station system..........................................................................303 Flatrail for commission areas ................................................... 306 Parking slot, aluminium ..................................................................307 Parking slot, aluminium, combination options .......... 308 Parking slot, plastic ............................................................................310 katalog.orgatex.com/ materialsupply Crate lifter KLT-Lifter ....................................................... 312 Individual foam inserts ....................................................314 Scan to fi nd out more. Cleaning station .........................................................................316 Station systems function similarly to a flow rack: as stock levels are immediately visible, goods can be reple- nished and made available with pinpoint accuracy, and the required quantity can be pre-picked. The individual tracks of the station are labelled and ensure a clear separation of different products, thereby eliminating the risk of mix-ups during retrieval. The system thus ensures an optimised material flow with increased Efficiency, reduced stock levels and minimised space requirements. To meet your individual material supply needs, ORGATEX® offers both monorail track systems with the greatest possible flexibility as well as systems for permanent installation, each suitable for different roll widths. Furthermore, our portfolio includes parking slots made of aluminium or plastic that prevent Dollies from rolling away: this allows products to be positioned with pinpoint accuracy and, for example, made available at the workstation in a space-saving manner. Rely on precise, rolling material supply as part of modern logistics within your company – we have the right solutions for this. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 289
MATERIAL SUPPLY INFOGRAPHIC MATERIAL SUPPLY Labelling for clear allocation of rollable units FiFo - »First in - First out« principle Provision of materials on dollies Rail system for roller widths up to 40 mm or 55 mm For different roll widths Ergonomic workplace For tidiness and cleanliness SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 290
MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking slots Prevents dollies from rolling away. Dollies are positioned precisely and thus made available in a space-saving manner at the workstation. Available in 2 heights and different widths. Easy installation (self-adhesive). Customised specific solutions Extensive range of accessories FiFo-Monorail rails, 40 mm and 55 mm, for different roll widths of the dollies. Thanks to flexible lengths and widths, the system can be extended as required even after installation. The standardised labelling of station systems ensures clear identification of rollable units. KLT lifts Used for raising and lowering small load carriers (KLTs) or similar containers to an ergonomic working height. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 291
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM – 5S Small load carriers require a supply solution that is both compact and reliable. The FIFO Monorail system for roll widths up to 40 mm ensures a continuous fl ow of materials according to the FIFO principle, whilst also supporting a structured 5S organisation. Ideal for lightweight containers, short replenishment cycles and a well-organised supply to the production line. Consisting of: - 5 FiFo Monorail rails - 10 FiFo monorail end caps - 20 grub screws - 8 FiFo monorail connecting plates - 32 sleeve nuts - Clear identifi cation of the material - Extendable in length and width FiFo-Monorail, 40 mm – 5S Order no. Version MONO-5S-1200 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5S-1800 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5S-2400 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm MONO-5SVB8-1200 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5SVB8-1800 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5SVB8-2400 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm Track width (mm) 400 400 400 800 800 800 Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 292
FIFO-MONORAIL 55 MM – 5S MATERIAL SUPPLY Heavier loads require a material supply system that operates reliably and ergonomically. The FiFo monorail system for roller widths of up to 55 mm enables the safe transport of larger containers and supports a continuous fl ow of materials according to the „First in – First out“ principle. At the same time, the 5S-compliant design ensures transparency and order in the workplace. Consisting of: - 5 FiFo monorail tracks - 10 FiFo monorail end caps - 20 grub screws - 8 FiFo monorail connecting plates - 32 sleeve nuts - Clear organisation of materials - Extendable in length and width FiFo-Monorail, 55 mm – 5S Order no. Version MONO-5S-1200-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5S-1800-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5S-2400-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm MONO-5SVB8-1200-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1200 mm MONO-5SVB8-1800-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 1800 mm MONO-5SVB8-2400-55 FiFo-Monorail-station, 2400 mm Track width (mm) 400 400 400 800 800 800 l a i r e t a M l y p p u S Please send us an enquiry for the current price. 293
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL INDIVIDUAL Standard solutions quickly reach their limits in complex production processes. Individual FIFO-Monorail systems are precisely tailored to roll widths, material flows and space constraints. This results in a cost-effective material supply solution that simplifies processes, reduces stock levels and optimises material flow in the long term. - Clear allocation of materials - Easy insertion of dollies - Quick assembly - Extendable in length and width - Must be mounted to the floor FiFo-Monorail, individual Order no. Designation Version Consisting of MONO-SP-1200-V Monorail fl ank 1200 mm MONO-SP-1800-V Monorail fl ank 1800 mm MONO-SP-2400-V Monorail fl ank 2400 mm MONO-SP-EK-V End cap set MONO-HB-SET Mounting bracket - - 2 fl anks, 4 mounting brackets, incl. mounting material 2 fl anks, 4 mounting brackets, incl. mounting material 2 fl anks, 6 mounting brackets, incl. mounting material 2 left, 2 right end caps, incl. mounting material 2 mounting brackets, incl. mounting material Pack 2 fl anks 2 fl anks 2 fl anks 2 left, 2 right 2 Pieces Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 294
MONOMOVER 2.0 MATERIAL SUPPLY Move materials ergonomically and with precision! The modular design of the feed unit allows any number of dollies to be transported simultaneously. This allows the system to grow dynamically in line with your requirements. The integrated bristle belts transport individual dollies autonomously from A to B. The length of the track is unlimited. The system is also compatible with existing IoT ecosystems. Thanks to its compact design, the Monomover also ensures an automatic and seamless flow of goods. Choose a reliable system with an intelligent core – and save time and money! - Photoelectric sensors at the ends of the modules - Brush belt made from synthetic leather strap - Lifters can be integrated - Unlimited track length Monomover 2.0 Order no. On request Designation Feed unit for dolly l a i r e t a M l y p p u S Please send us an enquiry for the current price. 295
MATERIAL SUPPLY OX-STATION How to configure your FIFO lanes digitally A FIFO station with a digital extension – that’s the OX Station! Link up to 120 tracks digitally to a central processing unit located directly at the station. Via this so-called OX Gateway, you can configure the individual tracks as required and, for example, assign them to different track groups. Sensors located directly on the tracks then automatically detect when Dollies are pushed into a track or pulled out of one. Handy: the sensor technology is linked to signal lights above the station. Red or green? The colour tells your staff what status the track is currently in! This means you always know whether Dollies can already be removed or should remain in the station. - Classic FIFO station, digitally enhanced - Up to 120 tracks can be linked together - Sensors detect dollies as they enter and exit - High safety: the system operates on 24 V (direct current) OX-Station Order no. EOX-STATION Designation Digital FiFo station SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 296
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL LABELLING 5S 5S labelling clearly identifies material routes, storage locations and collection points. This reduces errors, helps maintain standards and improves orientation within the material flow. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S FiFo-Monorail, Labelling 5S Order no. + Colour code Designation MONO-SB5S MONO-SB5SVB8 Labelling, track width 400 mm incl. fastening material Labelling, track width 800 mm incl. fastening material PKR-A4-100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 88 Hanging sign, DIN A4 (optionally available) Pack 1 pc. 1 pc. 5 pcs. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. 297
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL END CAP HD 40 MM | MADE OF ALUMINIUM In high-performance FIFO rail systems, every detail is crucial for a smooth flow of materials. Conventional plastic end caps quickly reach their limits – resulting in wear, malfunctions and increased maintenance requirements. With the new heavy-duty aluminium end cap, we are deliberately prioritising quality and durability. The robust, dimensionally stable execution ensures precise guidance of the Dollies over the long term, reduces downtime and increases system availability. The result: maximum reliability and efficiency – typical of ORGATEX, developed for demanding intralogistics processes. - Lightweight and robust aluminium - Dimensionally stable - Retrofittable - Low wear FiFo-Monorail end caps, Heavy Duty, 40 mm Order no. MONO-EK-HD2-40 The V-shaped base element allows for easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates allow connection to the 40 mm monorail system. Pack 10 pcs. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 298
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM FiFo-Monorail end caps, 40 mm Order no. MONO-EK Pack 10 pcs. The V-shaped base element allows for easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates allow connection to the 40 mm monorail track system. FiFo-Monorail end caps, 40 mm splayed Order no. MONO-EKGS-V2 The flared entry element is fitted on the loading side and makes it easier to load the monorail station, particularly with large or awkward load carriers. Features integrated collision protection; suitable for roller widths of up to 40 mm. Incl. 2 screw connectors with 8 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail tracks, 40 mm Order no. Version Pack MONO-BP-1200 40 x 1200 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-1800 40 x 1800 mm 5 pcs. MONO-BP-2400 40 x 2400 mm 5 pcs. Rail system for single-sided guidance of dollies with a roller width of up to 40 mm. The 8-mm grooves running along both sides are designed for the additional mounting of signage and allow, for example, integration into existing workstation systems. Aluminium profile with anodised surface. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 299
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-MONORAIL 55 MM FiFo-Monorail end caps, 55 mm Order no. MONO-BP-55-EK Pack 10 pcs. The V-shaped base element allows for easy loading and unloading of dollies. The integrated mounting plates enable connection to the 55 mm monorail track system. FiFo-Monorail end caps, 55 mm, splayed Order no. MONO-BP-55-EKGS-V2 The flared entry element is fitted on the loading side and facilitates the loading of the monorail station, particularly with large or awkward load carriers. Features integrated collision protection; suitable for roller widths of up to 55 mm. Incl. 2 screw connectors with 8 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail rails, 55 mm Order no. Version MONO-BP-55-1200 55 x 1200 mm MONO-BP-55-1800 55 x 1800 mm Pack 5 pcs. 5 pcs. MONO-BP-55-2400 55 x 2400 mm 5 pcs. Rail system for single-sided guidance of dollies with a roller width of up to 55 mm. The 8 mm grooves running along both sides are designed for the additional mounting of signage and enable, for example, integration into existing workstation systems. Aluminium profile with anodised surface. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 300
MATERIAL SUPPLY ACCESSORIES FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM AND 55 MM FiFo-Monorail collision protection Order no. MONO-EK-AS Pack 1 Set A sturdy steel bracket protects the end cap from impact. Complete set incl. mounting material. 1 set = left and right impact protection, including 2 hammer nuts and 2 half-round screws. FiFo-Monorail angle Order no. MONO-HB Pack 2 pcs. Mounting bracket for stabilising/screwing down tracks of different lengths on monorails. Complete set including fixing anchors. FiFo-Monorail connecting element Order no. MONO-SV-100 Pack 10 pcs. Screw connector for easily extending monorail tracks in the 8 mm groove system. Includes 40 grub screws. FiFo-Monorail slot cover, 2000 mm Order no. + Colour code Pack MONO-NA-2000- 04 06 88 10 pcs. Groove covers prevent the side grooves from becoming dirty. Precisely fitting, easy to retrofit, available in 3 colours and suitable for cleanrooms. Length: 2000 mm. FiFo Monorail 40 mm connecting plates Order no. Version MONO-VB-2 MONO-VB-800 400-mm-plate for 40-mm-track 800-mm plate for 40-mm-track Pack 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Connecting plate for joining individual Monorail rails side by side. Installation takes place in the end cap. Thanks to the modular system, there is no need to screw it into the floor. Suitable for Monorail, 40 mm. Complete set incl. mounting material. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 301
MATERIAL SUPPLY ACCESSORIES FIFO-MONORAIL 40 MM AND 55 MM FiFo-Monorail-55 mm-connecting plates Order no. Version MONO-VB- W45D 400 mm sheet metal for 55 mm track width MONO-VB-800- W45D 800 mm sheet metal for 55 mm track width Pack 2 pcs. 2 pcs. The connecting plate, which is angled on both sides, allows tracks of different lengths to be installed. Installation takes place in the monorail track. Suitable for monorail, 40 mm and 55 mm. Complete set incl. mounting material. FiFo-Monorail brake Order no. MONO-BBR-200 The brush brake prevents dollies from rolling away unaided, e.g. on footpaths or in food and clean rooms. Complete set incl. mounting material. LiFo-Monorail stop Order no. MONO-STOP MONO-STOP-55 Version 40 mm 55 mm The Monorail Stop prevents the dolly from rolling out. It is generally used in accordance with the LIFO principle (last in, first out). Incl. 4 grub screws. Monorail-Backstop Order no. MONO-RLS The monorail backstop ensures that the dollies can no longer run back off the rails. Incl. 2 half-round bolts M6x12, 2 hammer nuts M6. Please send us an enquiry for the current price. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 302
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-STATION SYSTEM FOR ALL ROLL WIDTHS Material flows are changing – your material handling solution should keep pace. The FiFo-Station system accommodates dollies with different wheel widths within one standardised system. This helps standardise material flows, simplify modifications and accommodate changing requirements. - Suitable for all roll diameters and track widths - Easy to fit - Track colour with high-visibility effect By integrating an aluminium profile into the guide rail, individual applications – such as enclosures or information displays – can be easily implemented. The number of containers permitted on the supply tracks can be limited by installing gates. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 303
MATERIAL SUPPLY FIFO-STATION SYSTEM End cap, left and right, self-adhesive Order no. Version Length (mm) Pack FIFO-EK-2L End cap, left FIFO-EK-2R End cap, right FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors 225 225 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 20 pcs. - Guidance aid for dollies - With 3 holes for fitting - Self-adhesive End cap, double, self-adhesive Version Length x width (mm) Pack End cap, double 225 x 130 10 pcs. 20 pcs. Order no. FIFO-EK-1 FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors - Guide for dollies to integrate 30 x 30 mm profiles - With 6 holes for assembly - Self-adhesive Floor profile Order no. Version FIFO-BP-1200 Floor profile 1200 mm FIFO-BP-1800 Floor profile 1800 mm FIFO-BP-2400 Floor profile 2400 mm FIFO-BP-3000 Floor profile 3000 mm Length (mm) 1200 mm 1800 mm 2400 mm 3000 mm - Other lengths up to a maximum of 3 m available on request Adapter for floor rails Order no. Length (mm) FIFO-ADAPTER 250 Pack 5 pcs. - Simple connection of the floor profile halves using the adapter Profile end caps, left and right Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-PAK-L Profile end cap, left 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-PAK-R Profile end cap, right 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors 10 pcs. 10 pcs. 20 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 304
MATERIAL SUPPLY Profile connector Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-PV Profile connector 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors - For additional fixing on long FiFo tracks 10 pcs. 20 pcs. End cap connector Order no. Version Length x width x height Pack FIFO-EKV End cap connector 45 x 50 x 30 mm FIFO-SCHR-K Screw set for caps and connectors 10 pcs. 20 pcs. - Simple connection of the floor profiles to accommodate profiles measuring 45 x 30 mm l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 305
MATERIAL SUPPLY FLATRAIL FOR ORDER PICKING AREAS Not every application requires high roller profiles. Flatrail offers a particularly low-profile solution for the ergonomic handling of light to medium loads. This improves accessibility, reduces reaching distances and supports a continuous flow of materials along lean production processes. - Self-adhesive - Robust PVC for heavy-duty use - High-visibility colour: Yellow - Set of rollers available for use with Flatrail Flatrail for order picking areas Order no. Designation Width x Height (mm) Pack KN-FLAT-04 KN-FLAT-EK Flatrail, self-adhesive 75 x 4 By the metre Flatrail-End cap, self-adhesive KN-FLAT-ROLLENSET Roll set SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 306 2 pcs. 2 pcs.
PARKING BAY ALUMINIUM MATERIAL SUPPLY A lack of storage space leads to time spent searching and blocked passageways. The aluminium parking bay defi nes clear parking spaces for Dollies, trolleys and load carriers. This increases transparency, improves occupational safety and supports permanently structured lean processes. Available in 2 heights and diff erent widths. - Self-adhesive/screw-fi x - Targeted provision of the material - Extremely robust, easy to fi t - The dollies cannot roll away whilst material is being loaded or unloaded 77 mm 77 mm 77 mm 11 mm 11 mm 6 mm Combination high – high Combination high – flat Combination flat – flat l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 307
MATERIAL SUPPLY PARKING BAY ALUMINIUM, COMBINATION OPTIONS Parking bay rail, aluminium, high - high Version Length (mm) Pack 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Order no. PAB-400 PAB-800 PAB-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high PAB-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, high - high PAB-400-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high PAB-800-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high PAB-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high P AB-2400-V Screwable, aluminium, high - high - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm Parking bay rail, aluminium, fl at - high Order no. Version Length (mm) Pack PAB-FH-400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-800 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-800-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high PAB-FH- 2400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – high 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm - Price includes 2 transition pieces, 1 x left and 1 x right 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. Parking bay rail aluminium, fl at - fl at Order no. Version Length (mm) Pack PAB-F-400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-800 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-1200 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-2400 Self-adhesive, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-800-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-1200-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at PAB-F-2400-V Screwable, aluminium, fl at – fl at 400 800 1200 2400 400 800 1200 2400 - Parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of up to 100 mm - Price includes 4 adaptors 2 x left and 2 x right 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. 2 pcs. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 308 Please send us an enquiry for the current price.
MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking bay service sign, coloured Order no. + Colour code Width (mm) Roll length (m) PAB-SERVICE- SG BW GW RW SW 50 50 End caps for parking bay, self-adhesive Order no. PAB-EK1 - With 2 perforations for mounting - Can optionally be fixed with hammer-in wall plugs - 1 set = 4 Pcs. (for 1 x parking slot) ALSO AVAILABLE IN AN ESD VERSION! Set 4 pcs. Spacer for end caps Order no. Version Width Roller diameter Pack PAB-ZW2 Aluminium spacer 20 mm 101 – 150 mm 2 pcs. PAB-ZW3 Aluminium spacer 30 mm 150 – 180 mm 2 pcs. PAB-ZW4 Aluminium spacer 40 mm Ab 180 mm 2 pcs. - Self-adhesive parking bay for dollies with a roller diameter of over 100 mm Please send us an enquiry for the current price. For Roll diameter up to 100 mm For roll diameters over 100 mm (with adapter) l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 309
MATERIAL SUPPLY PARKING BAY PLASTIC Robust plastic parking slots create permanently defi ned parking areas for mobile transport equip- ment. They support standardised processes, improve wayfi nding and ensure a clear separation between driving and storage areas. - Maximum load: 150 kg - Can be used simultaneously for diff erent roll diameters - Ready for immediate use thanks to strong adhesive industrial glue - Visually striking warning eff ect thanks to high- visibility colour - Easy to cut to size - Prevents the trolley from rolling away unaided SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 310
MATERIAL SUPPLY Parking bay, plastic Order no. Version Minimum purchase quantity Length x width (mm) PAB-KU-400 PAB-KU-800 Parking bay rail, plastic, 400 mm 5 pieces per Length 400 x 135 Parking bay rail, plastic, 800 mm 5 pieces per Length 800 x 135 PAB-KU-1200 Parking bay rail, plastic, 1200 mm 5 pieces per Length 1200 x 135 PAB-KU-2400 Parking bay rail, plastic, 2400 mm 5 pieces per Length 2400 x 135 PAB-KU-EK End cap, self-adhesive, for Parking bay KU 5 pairs l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 311
MATERIAL SUPPLY CRATE LIFTER KLT-LIFTER Frequent bending puts strain on staff and slows down work processes. The KLT lifts automatically hold containers at a comfortable retrieval height and support ergonomic working. This boosts productivity, reduces physical strain and improves process quality. - Electric gear motor with brake - Powder-coated or galvanised surface - Magnetic control panel with emergency stop switch - Light sensor continuously adjustable to working height - Electrically conductive - Ready for connection with Schuko plug - CE marking SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 312
MATERIAL SUPPLY CRATE LIFTER KLT-LIFTER Technical data (model) KLT-LIFT-2000 KLT-LIFT-2300 KLT-LIFT-3000 KLT-LIFT-3300 Dimensions (without cable) (W x H x D) mm 600 x 1216 x 290 600 x 1516 x 290 700 x 1286 x 290 700 x 1586 x 290 Lifting height (mm) Max. Load capacity (N) Supply Protection class ESD version 95 – 1000 2000 95 – 1300 2000 95 – 950 3000 95 – 1250 3000 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A 230 V/50 Hz, 16 A IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 IP 54 IEC 529 Yes - - - l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 313
MATERIAL SUPPLY INDIVIDUAL FOAM INSERTS With a Shadow Board, you not only optimise organisation but also safety and efficiency in your production facility. Reduce waste, boost staff satisfaction and create a working environment that meets the highest standards. Shadow Boards bring several benefits to your organisation: ORGATEX offers individual foam inserts from as little as one piece. We work with you to design your foam insert, using a configurator that already contains over 30,000 tools from more than 20 manufacturers. All tool data recorded meets the highest standards of precision and quality. If your item is not included in the configurator, you can capture it quickly and easily using your mobile phone. The digital outline you capture is immediately uploaded to the configurator and is available to us for further planning. - Efficient tool organisation: Every tool has its own designated place and is visible and within easy reach at all times. This makes day-to-day work easier and saves valuable time. - Quick identification: Missing or misplaced tools are immediately visible, thereby preventing interruptions to the work process. - Support for 5S principles: A shadow board promotes the ‘Sort’, ‘Set in order’ and ‘Shine’ standards and contributes to the continuous improvement of your processes. Your Custom Foam Insert in 4 Easy Steps 1. Requirements Gathering We collect information about your items, preferred layout, and choice of materials and colours. 2. Configuration Based on your requirements, we configure your custom foam insert. 3. Approval You review and approve the design before production begins. 4. Production and Shipping Your custom foam insert is manufactured and shipped to you. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 314
MATERIAL SUPPLY SAY GOODBYE TO CHAOS AND TIME SPENT SEARCHING! With ORGATEX’s Shadow Boards, every tool has its own designated place – for more productivity and less waste! Shadow Boards improve organisation and safety, whilst boosting efficiency and staff satisfaction. Bespoke solutions – from one-off production to digital capture. Invest in a better working environment! Before Clutter, wasted time, frustration. After Tidiness, efficiency, safety – everything in its place. l a i r e t a M l y p p u S 315
MATERIAL SUPPLY CLEANING STATION A lack of order among brooms, mops and cleaning equipment hinders standardised procedures and wastes time. The cleaning station creates designated spaces for every piece of equipment and makes any deviations immediately apparent. This provides long-term support for 5S principles, speeds up cleaning processes and improves workplace organisation. - 3 mm aluminium composite with scratch-resistant surface - Individual design options - Various mounting options - High-quality UV printing for permanent durability - Cleaning tools are HACCP-compliant Cleaning stations Item Version Panel dimensions Item number + Colour code Cleaning Station S Magnetic 50 cm x 100 cm RS-MA-S- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station S Wall-mounted 50 cm x 100 cm RS-WM-S- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station S Mobile 50 cm x 100 cm RS-MO-S- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station M Magnetic 90 cm x 180 cm RS-MA-M- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station M Wall-mounted 90 cm x 180 cm RS-WM-M- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station M Mobile 90 cm x 180 cm RS-MO-M- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station L Magnetic 90 cm x 180 cm RS-MA-L- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station L Wall-mounted 90 cm x 180 cm RS-WM-L- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning Station L Mobile 90 cm x 180 cm RS-MO-L- 01 04 05 07 Tools Item Shovel Dimensions Item number + Colour code 400 mm x 1100 mm RS-SCHAUF- 01 04 05 07 Large-area broom 600 mm x 1500 mm RS-BESEN- 01 04 05 07 Cleaning set (hand brush + dustpan) 222 mm x 350 mm RS-GARNI- 01 04 05 07 Spatula 110 mm x 250 mm RS-SPACHT- 01 04 05 07 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 316
CLEANING STATION CLEANING STATION CLEANING STATION S t a t i o n S S t a t i o n M S t a t i o n L Material Supply 3 1 7 I M A T E R A L S U P P L Y
SAFETY SAFETY It doesn’t take much bad luck for a workplace accident to trigger a cascade of further disasters. Production comes to a standstill, ordered goods cannot be delivered, customers become annoyed, insist on contractual fulfi lment or, in the worst-case scenario, terminate the business relationship. Fortunately, you can achieve a great deal for the well-being of your staff and the safety of your business with just a few simple measures. And, of course, we have them available. 318 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SAFETY Anti-slip-Products ...............................................................320 Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip .....................................................322 Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip ....................................................................323 Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip ..................................................................324 Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip ...............................................................325 Anti-slip-Tape LongLifeGrip ......................................................326 Stair nosing profiles ............................................................ 327 Stair nosing profile – Slim ............................................................328 Stair nosing profile – Universal ................................................330 Stair nosing profile – Heavy Duty ...........................................331 Luminescent markings ....................................................332 Luminescent tapes ...........................................................................334 Safety and information signs ................................336 Norms and standards .....................................................................338 Emergency sign ..................................................................................340 Flag and angle signs .........................................................................342 Fire safety signs and angle signs ...........................................344 Information signs ................................................................................346 Stickers with ASR symbols ..........................................................348 LongLife floor markings ................................................................350 LongLife floor markings (Rough Ground) ........................351 Half-circles and quarter-circles ..............................................354 LongLife zebra crossings .............................................................356 Individual printing ................................................................. 357 First-aid station ........................................................................358 katalog.orgatex.com/ safety Warning markings ................................................................ 360 LongLife Fabric tape ........................................................................362 Scan to fi nd out more. Warning and safety profiles ....................................364 Safety is all about the same thing as efficient work processes: raising awareness. Even amidst the hustle and bustle of everyday working life and whilst fully focused on their tasks, your staff must remain cons- tantly aware of potential risks. So this, too, is a matter of visual management – and you’re in very good hands with us. We have significantly expanded our range in this key area. From high-strength, durable anti-slip tape that helps reduce the risk of slips and falls to safety signs that are clearly visible from a distance – with us you’ll find simple, effective solutions to minimise the risk of accidents and injuries in the workplace. In doing so, we have drawn on all our experience with a wide variety of companies across a broad spectrum of industries to offer you a comprehensive range of solutions that not only cover virtually all hazard areas but, above all, have proven their worth in day-to-day operations. And if there’s anything you can’t find – just get in touch. Together, we’ll find a solution. y t e f a S 319
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-PRODUCTS On the following pages, you will find the right anti-slip solutions to help prevent accidents and falls in the workplace and other areas. Tripping, falling and slipping are among the most common causes of accidents in workplaces. Floors should therefore be fitted with anti-slip surfaces. This is specified in ASR A1.5. Anti-slip strips are divided into 5 R-classes, with R9 representing the lowest and R13 the highest level of slip resistance. Our Anti-slip-Tapes have been carefully developed to make slippery surfaces safer underfoot and to ensure the safety of your staff and customers. Whether for high-traffic areas, rough surfaces or cleanrooms, you will find the right products here. They are characterised by reliability, durability and ease of use. Create a slip-resistant environment with our Anti-slip-Tapes and help to reduce accidents and promote the safety of everyone involved. p i r G e f i L g n o L p i r G o r P p i r G o n a N p i r G x e l F p i r G l a s r e v i n U SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 320
SAFETY Anti-slip tape UniversalGrip Anti-slip tape FlexGrip Anti-slip tape NanoGrip Anti-slip tape ProGrip Anti-slip tape LongLifeGrip R13 Acrylate Rough R13 Acrylate Rough Inside R10 Acrylate Fine Inside R13 Acrylate Rough Inside R11 Synthetic rubber Medium Inside/outside Product Slip class Adhesive Surface Application area Inside Properties Application Wide range of colours, Versatile Adaptable lightweight Non-abrasive, easy to clean thick, rough surface Wear resistant, highly adhesive Medium to high wear Uneven surfaces and Outdoor areas Hygiene and cleanroom areas High stress, high contamination Rough surfaces outdoors Widths (mm) 50, 75, 100 50, 75 50, 75, 100 50,75,100 50, 75, 100 Number of colours Roll length (m) 15 18 3 18 8 10 2 18 7 25 Application temperature Temperature range ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C ≥ 12 °C -15 °C to +70 °C -23 °C to +65 °C -20 °C to +70 °C -15 °C to +70 °C -20 °C to +70 °C Application* Anti-slip tape UniversalGrip Anti-slip tape FlexGrip Anti-slip tape NanoGrip Anti-slip tape ProGrip Anti-slip tape LongLifeGrip Entrances Stairs Ramps Footpaths Rough surfaces Metallic surfaces Public buildings Workshop fl oors Production areas Food and clean rooms Chequer plates Outdoor areas ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - - - - ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - - ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - - ✔ ✔ ✔ y t e f a S *These are examples and recommendations. Observe the requirements of the ASR. 2 points: good / 3 points: excellent / dash: unsuitable 321
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE UNIVERSALGRIP UniversalGrip is the perfect solution for anyone looking for eff ective anti-slip protection. With a wide range of colour options, it blends eff ortlessly into any environment and can therefore be used for labelling hazardous areas. Thanks to its high slip class of R13, the tape provides a reliable grip on various surfaces and signifi cantly minimises the risk of tripping. Designed for medium to high load, this Anti-slip-Tape is ideal for high-traffi c areas such as stairs, Ramps, walkways and production areas. Its durable construction ensures long-lasting performance, even under demanding conditions. - Slip resistance class R13 - For medium to high load use - Large range of colours - Individual widths available - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors -NLS -NL -PU -04NE -08NE Anti-slip-Tape UniversalGrip, 18 m Order no. + Colour code LGSV50-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG LGSV75-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG LGSV100-UN -01 -02 -03 -04 -04NE -05 -06 -07 -08NE -09 -88 -NL -NLS -PU -SG SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 322
ANTI-SLIP-TAPE PROGRIP SAFETY ProGrip is our Anti-slip-Tape for high-traffi c areas that require reliable slip protection. With its robust, rough surface texture, the tape off ers reliable grip, even under demanding conditions. Whether in high-traffi c production areas, warehouses or public spaces – this tape eff ortlessly withstands heavy use and remains highly resistant to dirt and wear. Thanks to its R13 slip class, our Anti-slip-tape signifi cantly mini- mises the risk of falls and ensures the safety of your staff and visitors. - Slip resistance class R13 - Ideal for high footfall and high levels of dirt - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors Anti-slip-Tape ProGrip, 18 m Order no. LGSV50-P LGSV75-P LGSV100-P + Colour code -04 -04 -04 -06 -06 -06 y t e f a S 323
SAFETY ANTI-SLIP-TAPE FLEXGRIP FlexGrip is the perfect solution for use on uneven and rough surfaces. Thanks to its adaptable aluminium layer, it adheres perfectly to textured surfaces such as chequer plates and stairs without losing any of its grip. With a Slip Class R13, the tape off ers reliable slip protec- tion that remains eff ective even under demanding conditions. Whether in industrial facilities, warehouses, on building sites or in other rough environments – our Anti-slip-Tape off ers an eff ective safety solution that is easy to apply and provides long-term protection against accidents. - Slip resistance class R13 - Specially designed for uneven surfaces - Excellent adaptation to chequer plate - Suitable for indoor use Anti-slip-Tape FlexGrip, 18 m Order no. LGSV50-FX LGSV75-FX + Colour code -04 -04 -06 -06 -SG -SG SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 324
ANTI-SLIP-TAPE NANOGRIP SAFETY NanoGrip has been specifi cally developed for use in cleanrooms and meets the highest standards of cleanliness and safety. With its non-abrasive coating, it also off ers excellent slip resistance (slip class R10). Thanks to its extra-thin yet tear-resistant composition, it integrates seamlessly into the cleanroom environment. Cleaning the Anti-slip-Tape is extremely straightforward, which helps maintain the cleanliness and hygiene standards of the cleanroom. With this Anti-slip-Tape, you can create a safe working environment and signifi cantly reduce the risk of falls and accidents in your cleanroom. - For hygiene, food and cleanroom areas - Easy to clean, extra-thin and tear-resistant - Slip resistance class R10 - Large range of colours and individual printing - Suitable for smooth indoor fl oors Anti-slip-Tape NanoGrip, 10 m Order no. LGSV50-N LGSV75-N LGSV100-N + Colour code -01 -01 -01 -02 -02 -02 -04 -04 -04 -05 -05 -05 -07 -07 -07 -NL -RW -SG -NL -RW -SG -NL -RW -SG y t e f a S 325
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKING TAPE GRIP Heavy-duty floor marking Avoid the hassle of marking floors with paint. With LongLifeGrip and its anti-slip effect, you can create durable floor markings easily and quickly. The nonslip and retro-reflective surface is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. What’s more, the extra-strong floor marking tape adheres to surfaces such as concrete, tiles and asphalt. Thanks to its permanent adhesion, it can even withstand vehicle traffic, making it a safe solution for use in your warehouse area. Mark your floors smartly and straight away! - Suitable for both smooth and textured floors - For inside and outdoor use - Hard-wearing and self-adhesive - Non-slip and retro-reflective - Can be used outdoors with LongLife Primer - Wear-resistant - Suitable for various surfaces - Can be driven on immediately LongLife Floor Marking Tape Grip Version Format (Width) (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape Floor marking tape 50 75 Floor marking tape 100 LGGRIP50- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG LGGRIP75- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG LGGRIP100- 01 02 04 05 06 07 SG 25 25 25 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 326
STAIR NOSING -PROFILES SAFETY Our stair nosing profiles enhance visibility and thus safety at the edges of steps. Thanks to anti-slip surfaces with a Slip Class R13, surefootedness is also improved. Three versions are available, depending on the level of wear and specific requirements. In Production environments, where things can often get hectic, employee safety is of the utmost importance. Our stair nosing profiles with anti-slip coating provide a secure grip on the steps and help reduce the risk of slipping on stairs. We offer a wide range of stair nosing profiles, specifically designed for different levels of footfall. Whether you have light footfall in offices or heavy footfall in factory halls, you will find the right profile for your requirements with us. Another advantage of our stair nosing profiles is that they are available with anti-slip coatings in a variety of colours. These not only contribute to improved visibility and orientation, but also allow the profiles to be colour-coordinated with their surroundings or used for labelling. Fitting our stair nosing profiles is simple and straightforward. They adhere securely to the stair treads and provide a long-lasting solution for your safety needs. Protect your employees from potential accidents and ensure a safe working environment in your Production areas and on stairs.
The Slim version of this profi le combines the benefi ts of enhanced slip resistance with a discreet design. This makes it ideal for high-visibility areas such as foyers. The highest Slip class, R13, also ensures safety in various production areas, even with high footfall. Surfaces in a range of colours ensure guaranteed visibility. You can also choose from 3 lengths to provide optimum safety for your staircase area. A version as an anti-slip plate is also available. - Slip resistance class R13 - For indoor use - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with high footfall - Adhesive bonding or screw fi xing (5 mm bore) - Aluminium composite - Other colours available on request Stair nosing profi le Slim Version Width (mm) Order no. Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim Stair nosing slim plate Stair nosing slim plate 600 800 1000 600 800 TKPLD600- TKPLD800- TKPLD1000- TKPLD600-V2- TKPLD800-V2- Stair nosing slim plate 1000 TKPLD1000-V2- + Colour code PU PU PU PU PU PU 06 06 06 06 06 06 SG SG SG SG SG SG NLS NLS NLS NLS NLS NLS NLS2 NLAS NLS2 NLAS NLS2 NLAS – – – NLAS NLAS NLAS 06 SG PU NLS NLS2 NLAS Bevelled profi les Slim Plate SAFETY 06 SG PU NLS NLAS y t e f a S 329
SAFETY STAIR NOSING PROFILES UNIVERSAL The Universal version of this profi le is our all-rounder amongst stair nosing profi les. The 2.6 mm thick aluminium profi le is wear-resistant even under heavy footfall and ensures slip resistance thanks to its Slip Class R13. The product is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use and is fi xed in place with screws. Chipped steps and worn edges can be easily concealed, and damage can be covered up. A range of coloured surfaces ensures guaranteed visibility. You can also choose from 3 lengths to provide optimum protection for your staircase. - Slip resistance class R13 - For inside and outdoor use - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with heavy footfall - Adhesive bonding or screw fi xing (hole diameter: Ø 5.5 mm) - Aluminium - Other colours available on request 25 mm Stair nosing profi le Universal Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Stair nosing Universal Stair nosing Universal 600 800 TKPUN600- TKPUN800- Stair nosing Universal 1000 TKPUN1000- PU PU PU 06 06 06 SG SG SG NLS NLS NLS 06 SG PU NLS SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 330
STAIR NOSING PROFILES HEAVY DUTY SAFETY The heavy-duty version of the profi le is extremely wear- resistant and suitable for high-traffi c areas. The 3.8 mm thick GRP profi le (glass-fi bre-reinforced special-purpose plastic) features a sealed aluminium oxide grit fi nish and, with a Slip Class R13, ensures excellent slip resistance. The product is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use and is fi xed in place using screws or an adhesive. Chipped steps and worn edges can be easily covered, and damage concealed. With the appropriate accessories, the profi les can also be fi tted to grating staircases. You can also choose from 3 lengths to ensure your staircase area is optimally secured. - Slip resistance class R13 - For inside and outdoor use - Wear-resistant and slip-resistant, even with heavy footfall - Adhesive bonding or screw fi xing - Glass-fi bre-reinforced special-purpose plastic m m 8 3 , 230 mm m m 0 3 3,8 mm Stair nosing profi le Heavy Duty Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Stair nosing Heavy Duty Stair nosing Heavy Duty Stair nosing Heavy Duty Spring clip for the assembly 600 800 1000 TKPHD600- TKPHD800- TKPHD1000- TKP-FD 06 06 06 SG SG SG 06 SG y t e f a S 331
SAFETY LUMINESCENT MARKING Ensure your staff can safely fi nd their way to emergency exits and escape routes, even in the dark. Our tapes and cut-to-size strips are made from a hard-wearing and durable material. The products have an exceptionally high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m² in accordance with DIN 67510 (Class C). In addition, printed symbols such as arrows or signposts ensure unambiguous guidance through dark environments. The integrated version combines a colourbased signalling eff ect in daylight with afterglow eff ects in the dark. - Luminance class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Durable - For indoor use ORGATEX® Safety, luminescent Version Arrow Dot Dot Stair angle Stair angle Dot with arrow Width (mm) 90 50 75 37 47 90 Order no. LGPF-NL LGR-50-P-NL LGR-75-P-NL LG-37-L-NL LG-47-L-NL LGN-90-PP Packaging unit 10 10 10 5 pair 5 pair 20 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 332
SAFETY Ensure your staff can safely fi nd their way to emergency exits and escape routes, even in the dark. Our tapes and cut-to-size strips are made from a hardwearing and durable material. The products have an extra-high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m² in accordance with DIN 67510 (Class C). In addition, printed markings such as arrows or signposts ensure unambiguous guidance through dark environments. The integrated version combines a colour- coded signal eff ect in daylight with afterglow eff ects in the dark. - Luminance class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Durable - For indoor use Luninescent tapes Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Luminescent tape Luminescent tape Escape route right Escape route right Escape route left Escape route left Directional arrow Directional arrow Light strip, integrated Light strip, integrated 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 50 75 Luminescent anti-slip tape UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched UniversalGrip, luminescent, hatched NanoGrip, luminescent NanoGrip, luminescent NanoGrip, luminescent 50 75 100 50 75 100 50 75 100 LGNL50 LGNL75 LGNL50-FW-R LGNL75-FW-R LGNL50-FW-L LGNL75-FW-L LGNL50-PF LGNL75-PF LGNL50- LGNL75- LGSV50-UN- LGSV75-UN- LGSV100-UN- LGSV50-UN- LGSV75-UN- LGSV100-UN- LGSV50-N- LGSV75-N- LGSV100-N- 01 01 02 02 04 04 05 05 07 07 08 08 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 18 18 18 18 18 18 10 10 10 NL NL NL NL NL NL NLS NLS NLS y t e f a S Further information on the photoluminescent anti-slip tapes can be found on the corresponding product pages. 335
SAFETY SAFETY AND INFORMATION SIGNS Safety and information signs – clear messages for a safe environment. Our signs are rated to luminance class C with a lumi- nance of 200/25 mcd/m², ensuring they remain clearly visible even in poor lighting conditions. We offer a range of formats to ensure you find the right safety and information signs for your needs. Whether you need small information signs for offices or large safety signs for industrial sites, we have the right solu- tions for you. Our signs are available with a wide range of symbols, enabling clear and universal communication. From warning notices and fire safety symbols to safety regu- lations – our signs support an effective safety culture within your organisation. We also offer the option of custom printing. Personalise your signs with specific instructions or other relevant information to create bespoke solutions for your business. 170/24-2100 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 336
SAFETY NORMS AND STANDARDS LEGAL FRAMEWORK The German Workplace Ordinance (ArbStättV) provides the binding legal basis for safety and health signage in workplaces in Germany. The Technical Rules for Workplaces (ASR) set out these requirements in detail: ASR A1.3 governs safety and health signage, ASR A1.8 covers the provision and operation of traffic routes, and ASR A2.3 deals with escape routes, emergency exits and evacuation and rescue plans. If the relevant ASR are followed, the employer may assume that the corresponding requirements of the German Workplace Ordinance are met. Alternative solu- tions are permitted provided that, on the basis of the risk assess- ment, at least the same level of safety and health protection is achieved. The safety signs used in ASR A1.3 are largely based on the inter- nationally harmonised standard DIN EN ISO 7010. Additional requirements regarding design, colours and viewing distances are set out in particular in DIN ISO 3864 and DIN 4844-1. WORKPLACE REGULATIONS 01 ArbStättV | LEGALLY BINDING 02 TECHNICAL REGULATIONS FOR WORKPLACES ASR | SPECIFIC PROVISIONS 03 DIN AND ISO STANDARDS TECHNICAL DESIGN - Legally binding framework for the establishment and operation of workplaces - The employer shall determine the necessary measures on the basis of the risk assessment - Safety signs must be used where hazards cannot be prevented or sufficiently controlled by technical or organisational means - Restrictions on access routes must be labelled where this is necessary to protect employees - ASR A1.3: Safety and health signage - ASR A1.8: Design and operation of traffic routes - ASR A2.3: Escape routes, emergency exits and evacuation and rescue plans - Provided the ASR is complied with, it can be assumed that the relevant requirements of the ArbStättV are met - DIN EN ISO 7010 contains internationally harmonised safety signs - DIN ISO 3864 sets out the design principles for safety colours, safety signs and safety markings - DIN 4844-1 contains, amongst other things, requirements for recognition distances as well as colorimetric and photometric properties - Alternative solutions must - Standards support technically guarantee at least the same level of protection uniform design, but are not statutory regulations in their own right Current safety signs in accordance with DIN EN ISO 7010 THE MEANING AND COLOURS OF THE SAFETY SIGNS REQUIREMENTS AND RISK ASSESSMENT The Workplace Regulations require safety and health protection labelling where hazards cannot be prevented or sufficiently miti- gated by technical or organisational measures. The specific labelling required is determined as part of the risk assessment. DESIGN, COLOURS AND ESCAPE ROUTES The design principles, as well as the colorimetric, photometric and perception-related requirements, are supplemented in particular by DIN ISO 3864 and DIN 4844-1. A blanket assignment to RAL colours is not possible. ASR A1.3 specifies the requirements for safety signs, safety colours and safety markings. The safety signs listed therein are largely based on DIN EN ISO 7010. ASR A2.3 also applies to escape routes, emergency exits and the question of when escape and rescue plans are required. The graphic design of escape and rescue plans is specified in ASR A1.3 and DIN ISO 23601. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 338
SAFETY Type Shape Safety Colour Contrast Colour Symbol Colour Meaning According to ASR A1.3 Notes Example Fire Safety Signs Safe Condition Signs Mandatory Signs Prohibition Signs Warning Signs RAL 3001 Signal Red RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 6032 Signal Green RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 5005 Signal Blue RAL 3001 Signal Red RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 1003 Signal Yellow RAL 9004 Signal Black RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 9003 Signal White RAL 9004 Signal Black RAL 9004 Signal Black Fire alarm and firefighting equipment Identification and location First aid, rescue, emergency escape Doors, exits, routes, rooms Mandatory action Prohibition, danger Warning of risks or hazards Required behaviour or activity Dangerous behavior, stop, evacuation Caution, awareness, inspection Recognition Distances for Safety Signs Diameter Max. Recognition Distance Side Length Max. Recognition Distance (mm) 50 100 200 300 400 600 (m) 2 4 8 12 16 24 (mm) 50 100 200 300 400 600 (m) 1 3 6 9 12 19 Size (W x H) (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150, 300 x 150 200 x 200, 400 x 200 300 x 300, 600 x 300 Max. Recognition Distance (m) 10 15 20 30 Emergency and fire equipment signs must be made of a longafterglow material unless adequate safety lighting is available. According to ASR A1.3, section 3.17, a long-afterglow fire equipment sign is a safety sign activated by light whichcontinues to glow after the general lighting has failed, without any further energy supply. Long-after- glow signs are subject to DIN 67510. This standard specifies the minimum luminance of the material. Luminance describes the light emitted by the sign per unit of projected area in a given direction and is expressed here in millicandelas per square metre (mcd/ m²). The standard specifies the minimum values 2, 10, 30 and 60 minutes after the end of the excitation period. The material is assigned to a luminance class according to its measured afterglow performance. Longafter- glow safety signs must meet at least the requirements of DIN 67510-1, Class C. As this is merely a guideline, symbols with reduced luminance (old standard) may continue to be used. In this case, however, a risk assess- ment must be carried out to ensure that the require- ments are met. It is recommended to switch to labelling in luminance class C in order to comply with the ASR without any issues and to act in a legally compliant manner in terms of the presumption of compliance. Luminance class Application area Luminance 10 min/60 min ORGATEX®- Product Very well-lit rooms with permanent lighting and/or daylight, e.g. offices with windows 23/3 mcd/m² 50/7 mcd/m² y t e f a S 140/20 mcd/m² 200/25 mcd/m² 260/35 mcd/m² 339 A B C D Rooms with bright continuous lighting during operating hours: Hazardous areas can be easily identified in these work areas. Rooms with subdued or only intermittent lighting. All buildings/rooms subject to ASR A3.4/3: hospitals, airports, large department stores, hotels, power stations, event venues, factories and warehouses, corridors. For areas with unfavourable lighting conditions and specific safety requirements. Special solutions in accordance with ASR for ships, tunnels, etc. Where the client has specific internal requirements.
SAFETY EMERGENCY SIGNS Guide your staff safely to emergency exits and escape routes. Our signs are made from a hard-wearing and durable material. The products have an extra-high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m² in accordance with DIN 67510 (Class C). Individual designs can be produced to your specifications. Angled and pennant signs ensure the necessary visibility even in long, narrow rooms. - Luminance class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Wide range of symbols - Various formats - Durable plastic - Individual printing RT-Schild-400- 140 x 400 mm Ausgang Notausgang Notausstieg Notleiter 1-NL 2-NL 3-NL 4-NL RT-Schild-300- 150 x 300 mm 5-NL 170/24-2100 6-NL 7-NL 8-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL RT-Schild-200- 200 x 200 mm 170/24-2100 13-NL 14-NL 15-NL 16-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 17-NL 18-NL 19-NL 20-NL SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 340
SAFETY Accessories for installation Double-sided foam tape For fixing and assembly Order no. PE-SCHAUM y t e f a S 341
SAFETY FLAG AND ANGLE SIGNS Angled and flag-style signs ensure the necessary visibility even in long, narrow rooms. For flag-style signs, combine the blank sign with our photolumine- scent films. This allows you to freely determine the position of the sign on the wall. - Luminance class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Wide range of symbols - Various formats - Durable plastic - Individual printing RTF-Schild-300- 150 x 300 mm 5-NLF 170/24-2100 6-NLF 7-NLF 8-NLF 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 9-NLF 10-NLF 11-NLF 12-NLF RTW-Schild-200- 200 x 200 mm 15-NL 16-NL 17-NL 18-NL 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 170/24-2100 19-NL 20-NL SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 342
SAFETY Accessories for installation Double-sided foam tape For fixing and assembly Order no. PE-SCHAUM y t e f a S 343
SAFETY FIRE SAFETY SIGNS AND ANGLE SIGNS Clearly identify fire safety equipment for your staff. Our signs are made from hard-wearing, durable material. The products have an extra-high luminance of 200/25 mcd/m² in accordance with DIN 67510 (Class C). Individual designs can be produced to your specifications. Angled and pennant signs ensure the necessary visibility even in long, narrow rooms. - Luminance class C - Luminance 200/25 mcd/m² - Wide range of symbols - Various formats - Durable plastic - Individual printing BS-SCHILD-297- 105 x 297 mm 1-NL 2-NL 3-NL 4-NL 5-NL BS-SCHILD-200- 200 x 200 mm 7-NL 8-NL 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL BSW-SCHILD-200- 200x 200 mm 7-NL 8-NL 9-NL 10-NL 11-NL 12-NL SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 344
SAFETY Accessories for installation Double-sided foam tape For fixing and assembly Order no. PE-SCHAUM y t e f a S 345
SAFETY INFORMATION SIGNS Use information signs to prevent your staff from being put at risk. Clear information supports correct behaviour in the production environment. Our signs are made from hard-wearing, durable material.Individual designs can be produced to your specifications. - Wide range of symbols - Various formats - Hard-wearing plastic - Individual printing HW-SCHILD-300- 200 x 300 mm 1 6 8 2 7 9 3 4 5 10 11 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 346
SAFETY Accessories for installation Double-sided foam tape For fixing and assembly Order no. PE-SCHAUM y t e f a S 347
SAFETY ASR SYMBOL STICKERS - Labelling of machinery and plant - Access and entry restrictions - Safety zones in warehousing and logistics areas - Wear-resistant and durable - Self-adhesive LG-Schild stickers clearly label hazardous areas, improve occupational safety and help ensure reliable compliance with applicable German occupational safety requirements, including the ArbSchG, ASR and DGUV regulations. With a wide range of standard designs and customisation options, they help prevent accidents, reduce downtime and create a safe working environment. LG-SCHILD-200- 0 200 mm 2-F No Pedestrians 8-F No Smoking 17-F No Unauthorised Access 18-F No Pallet Storage 40-F Do Not Step on Surface 4-F Pedestrian Route 5-F Wear Safety Footwear 6-F Wear Eye Protection 7-F Wear Head Protection 13-F Wear Hearing Protection 12-F Wear High- Visibility Vest 87-F Wear Protective Gloves 3-F Warning: 15-F Warning: 59-F Warning: Industrial Trucks Slippery Surface Risk of Falling WARNING AND MANDATORY SIGNS COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASR A1.3. FURTHER DESIGNS AVAILABLE ON REQUEST! SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 348
SAFETY INDIVIDUAL PRINTING YOUR DESIRED TEXT AND PICTOGRAM Information we need: File or graphic of the sticker (AI, CDR, EPS, JPEG) Colour defi nition or RAL tone Size of the sticker Material (e.g. foil, plastic, aluminium) Purchase quantity y t e f a S *0-/ 3/*! #*$ # - § $"#1*'/" § -)$)"¥)" -/*'$! § 349
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKINGS 600 MM Hazardous areas must be immediately recognisable, even under heavy use. ORGATEX’s LongLife floor markings combine durable materials with a reverse- printed 3-layer technology that reliably protects the print from abrasion. This results in safety markings that remain clearly visible over time, safeguarding processes and sustainably improving OCCUPATI- ONAL SAFETY. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 350
SAFETY Glue for floor Surfaces LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKINGS ORDER NUMBER (LG-SCHILD...) These self-adhesive floor markings, made from robust PVC and featuring eye-catching warning symbols, ensure greater safety in hazard zones. Easy to apply, hardwearing and ideal for efficient labelling in your workplace. - Made from PVC - Full-surface adhesive backing - Improved occupational safety - Quick and easy to apply - Excellent adhesive strength - High slip resistance - Self-adhesive - Vehicle-traffic-resistant - Highly visible warning and information effect - Further symbols available on request LONGLIFE FLOOR MARKINGS ROUGH GROUND ORDER NUMBER (LGRG-SCHILD...) Rough Ground floor markings have been specially developed for demanding industrial environments. Whether concrete, tarmac or other uneven surfaces – our Rough Ground floor markings offer a reliable and durable solution for labelling and safety. - Suitable for textured and smooth floors - Ideal for indoor use - MMA coatings, anti-slip flooring, tiles and concrete paving - High adhesion to rough surfaces - Quick and easy to apply - Wear-resistant and durable - High slip resistance - Self-adhesive - Vehicle-traffic-resistant - Highly visible warning and information effect - Further symbols available on request WARNING AND MANDATORY SIGNS COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASR A1.3. Glue for floor Surfaces y t e f a S 351
SAFETY LONGLIFE FLOOR SIGNS 600 MM Forklift prohibited Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-1 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-1 No pedestrian access Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-2 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-2 Schritt fahren Step speed Order no.: No smoking Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-8 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-8 LG-SCHILD-600-14 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-14 No access for unauthorised persons Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-17 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-17 No stopping Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-16 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-16 Prohibition of entry Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-11 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-11 Stop and give way! Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-9 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-9 Use foot protection Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-5 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-5 Use eye protection Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-6 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-6 Use head protection Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-7 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-7 For pedestrians Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-4 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-4 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 352
Direction indicator (arrow) Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-10 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-10 Wear a high visibility vest Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-12 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-12 Wear hearing protection Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-13 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-13 Caution forklift truck Warning: area Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-3 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-3 danger of slipping Order no.: LG-SCHILD-600-15 Order no.: Rough Ground LGRG-SCHILD-600-15 At orgatex.com, you will find all the mandatory and prohibition signs required by ASR A1.3 (DIN EN ISO 7010) that you need for standard-compliant signage in your workplace. SAFETY y t e f a S 353
SAFETY HALF-CIRCLES AND QUARTER-CIRCLES 900 MM 900 x 450 mm Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-1 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-2 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-3 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-4 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-7 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-8 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-9 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-10 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-11 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/2-6 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 354
SAFETY 900 x 900 mm Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-1 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-2 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-3 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-4 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-5 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-6 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-7 Order no. LG-SCHILD1/4-8 At orgatex.com, you will find all the mandatory and prohibition signs specified in ASR A1.3 (DIN EN ISO 7010) that you need for standard-compliant signage in your workplace. y t e f a S 355
SAFETY LONGLIFE CROSSWALK Unclear walking routes increase the risk of accidents in the workplace. The self-adhesive LongLife zebra crossings create clearly visible pedestrian crossings with a long service life and high warning eff ectiveness. Thanks to the fl exible design using individual strips, safe pedestrian routes can be implemented quickly and in accordance with standards to ensure safety. - High warning and information impact - High durability - Suitable for smooth, joint-free indoor fl oors - Flexible design using individual strips LongLife Crosswalk Item number Format (mm) W x H + Colour code Quantity Strips LGZS120- LGZS150- LGZS120- LGZS150- 200 x 1200 04 300 x 1500 04 200 x 1200 300 x 1500 02 02 1 1 1 1 Installation guide: 5 strips are enough for a complete zebra crossing. Please bear in mind the width of your walkway. 270 cm 180 cm m c 0 2 1 m c 0 5 1 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 356
SAFETY INDIVIDUAL PRINTING ! YOUR DESIRED TEXT AND PICTOGRAM Information we need: File or graphic of the sign (AI, CDR, EPS, JPEG) Colour defi nition or RAL tone Size of the sign Material (e.g. foil, plastic, aluminium) Purchase quantity ORGATEX® process: 01 Enquiry 04 Order 02 Off er 03 Layout approval 05 Production 06 Delivery Please contact our service team. Email: sales@orgatex.de Tel.: +49 2173 1064-0 Kontaktieren Sie gerne unser Service-Team. E-Mail: sales@orgatex.de Tel.: +49 2173 1064-0 y t e f a S 357
SAFETY FIRST AID STATION In production and logistics facilities, having a fully equipped fi rst-aid kit that is easily accessible is not only a legal requi- rement but is also crucial for ensuring a rapid response in an emergency. First-aid supplies that are stored in scattered loca- tions or are diffi cult to see cost valuable time in an emergency. The ORGATEX fi rst-aid station brings together all the necessary items in one central location on a robust aluminium composite panel – clearly visible, complete and ready for immediate use. - 3 mm aluminium composite with a scratch-resistant surface - Various mounting options - High-quality UV printing for permanent durability - Includes: fi rst-aid kit, eye wash station, plaster dispenser, fi rst-aid book The station is supplied complete with the following components: Component First-aid kit aluderm® Solo eye wash station Cederroth Plaster Dispenser DIN A5 fi rst-aid book including holder Document holder Details Contents in accordance with DIN 13157, splashproof, orange, ABS plastic With 500 ml eye wash (0.9% NaCl) Medical device, Class IIb Includes Refi ll 6444 (40 elastic strips) and refi ll 6036 (45 waterproof plasters) Pre-printed columns, documentation in accordance with DGUV Regulation 1 § 24 For emergency plans, escape route or alarm notices First-aid stations Item Wall mounting DIN 13157 Mobile DIN13157 Format (Width x Height) Item number + Colour code 642 mm x 1035 mm 642 mm x 1800 mm EHS-WM- EHS-MO- 05 05 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 358
SAFETY Refi ll sets for eye wash station: Plaster dispenser refi ll sets: 0.9% Sodium chloride refi ll 5 x 20 ml 0.9% Sodium chloride refi ll 500 ml Salvequick waterproof plaster strips Salvequick elastic plaster strips First-aid kit refi ll set: Standard pack size DIN 13157 Refi ll set Item 0.9% Sodium chloride 0.9% Sodium chloride Waterproof plasters Elastic plasters First-aid kit refi ll set Version 1 x 500 ml 5 x 20 ml 6 x 45 pcs. 6 x 40 pcs. 1 x set to DIN 13157 Item number 2010063 2010061 1009036V 1009444V 3003018 y t e f a S 359
SAFETY WARNING MARKINGS Help your staff find their way around the workplace and prevent contact with hazardous areas. ASR A1.3 requires clear and permanent labelling to identify obstacles and hazard points. The labelling should be either yellow- black or red-white and selected according to the size of the obstacles or hazard points. Yellow-and-black markings are used in areas where there is a risk of collisions, becoming trapped, falls, slipping, tumbling, tripping or loads falling. Red-and-white markings, on the other hand, are primarily recommended for temporary or movable obstacles and hazard points, such as crane hooks, excavation pits, ladders, etc. What exactly do the directional indicators ‘left’ or ‘right’ mean? Markings that indicate a left- or right-hand direction are designed to guide the observer either to the left or to the right of the obstacle or hazard. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 360
SAFETY LONGLIFE FABRIC TAPE Temporary markings and permanent labelling require a durable adhesive tape. The LongLife fabric tape impresses with its high adhesive strength, abrasion resistance and weather resistance. Whether for labelling, bundling or securing – it supports fl exible and long-lasting safety solutions for both indoor and outdoor use. - Excellent durability - For inside and outdoor use - Resistant to abrasion, decomposition and moisture - Solid texture - A dense, fi ne-weave, waterproof synthetic silk fabric tape t h g i r g n i t a c d n i I t f e l g n i t a c d n i I SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 362
SAFETY LongLife Fabric Tape-Dots Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Dots Dots 30 LGGW30-P- 01 02 – 04 05 06 07 88 4000 LongLife fabric tape Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape 50 LGGW50- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR 50 Floor marking tape 75 LGGW75- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR 50 Floor marking tape 100 LGGW100- 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 88 SGL SGR 50 LongLife Floor marking tape Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Roll length (m) Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 Floor marking tape 100 LG50- LG75- LG100- SG SG SG LongLife Floor marking tape Low Duty - Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour code Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 LGLD50- LGLD75- SG SG - - LongLife Floor marking tape Grip Version Width (mm) Order no. + Colour Code Floor marking tape 50 Floor marking tape 75 LGGRIP50- LGGRIP75- Floor marking tape 100 LGGRIP100- SG SG SG - - - BW GW RW SW - BW GW RW SW - - - - - - - - - RW - RW - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 50 50 50 Roll length/ Pack (m) 3 x 33 2 x 33 Roll length (m) 25 25 25 y t e f a S You can find more anti-slip tapes on the corresponding pages. 363
SAFETY WARNING AND PROTECTIVE PROFILES Warning and protective profiles absorb even the hardest impacts, thereby effectively preventing injuries and damage to property. This means that downtime caused by injuries or high repair costs is effectively avoided. Thanks to the eye-catching signal colours, potential hazards on edges, protrusions and obstacles can be identified at an early stage. The protective profiles are temperature-resistant from -40 °C to 100 °C and moisture-resistant, making them suitable for a wide range of indoor and outdoor applications: for example, on internal transport routes, on machinery, walls and passageways, on shelving, gates, etc. Various shapes allow them to be used on almost all surfaces or types of edges. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 364
EDGE PROTECTION SAFETY B B+ G O 8 19 40 Edge protection 25 12 50 8 30 19 26 20 10 Clamping range 1-2 mm Order no. Type Length Format Mounting type Colour KNT-B10011-SG KNT-B10021-SG B B 1 metre 040 mm, 8 mm groove plug-in type black and yellow 5 metres 040 mm, 8 mm groove plug-in type black and yellow KNT-BP11011-SG B+ 1 metre 050 mm, 12 mm groove plug-in type black and yellow KNT-G10016-SG KNT-G10026-SG KNT-01000-SG G G O 1 metre 026 mm, 8 mm groove self-adhesive black and yellow 5 metres 026 mm, 8 mm groove self-adhesive black and yellow 1 metre 020 mm, 10 mm groove plug-in type black and yellow SURFACE PROTECTION C D S F 30 20 20 11 50 75 40 40 Surface protection Order no. Type Length Format Mounting type Colour FLS-C10012-SG FLS-D10013-SG FLS-S10009-SG FLS-F10015-SG C D S F 1 metre 40 x 30 mm 1 metre 50 x 20 mm 1 metre 75 x 20 mm 1 metre 40 x 11 mm self-adhesive black and yellow self-adhesive black and yellow self-adhesive black and yellow self-adhesive black and yellow y t e f a S 365
SAFETY CORNER PROTECTION A A+ E H 25 0 4 35 0 6 7 19 10 35 26 47 H+Flex W H+ 12 48 1 2 5 5 4 5 160° 60 26 1 7 19 14 Corner protector Order no. Type Length Format Mounting type Colour EKS-A10010-SG EKS-A10020-SG EKS-AP11010-SG EKS-E10014-SG EKS-H10017-SG EKS-HP11017-SG A A A+ E H H+ 1 metre 040 mm, groove 25 mm self-adhesive black and yellow 5 metres 040 mm, groove 25 mm self-adhesive black and yellow 1 metre 060 mm, groove35 mm self-adhesive black and yellow 1 metre 026 mm, groove 19 mm self-adhesive black and yellow 1 metre 047 mm, groove 35 mm self-adhesive black and yellow 1 metre 060 mm, groove 48 mm self-adhesive black and yellow EKS-HP11917-SG H+Flex 1 metre 055 mm, groove 45 mm self-adhesive black and yellow EKS-W3000-SG W 1 metre 026 mm, groove 14 mm self-adhesive black and yellow SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 366
WALL PROTECTION KIT SAFETY WPK A+ WPK H+ 3 5 6 0 2 6 1 9 7 6 5 Wall Protection Kit Order no. Type Length Format Mounting type Colour WPK-AP17720-RW WPK-AP15720-SG WPK-HP18717-SG WPK-HP15717-SG A+ A+ H+ H+ 1 metre 60 x 35 mm Screw-on type Refl ective red and white 1 metre 60 x 35 mm Screw-on type black and yellow 1 metre 60 x 48 mm Screw-on type Refl ective black and yellow 1 metre 60 x 48 mm Screw-on type black and yellow Protective PU film Polyurethane foam core Highperformance adhesive y t e f a S 367
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS DIGITAL INTRA LOGISTICS You’ve no doubt long been aware that digitalisation is the key to an effi cient shop fl oor. But did you also know that digitalisation is quick and easy with ORGATEX®? No cables, no complicated IT infrastructure – but plenty of powerful features for greater effi ciency. 368 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SENSOR OX-LASER OX-LABEL OX-SPOT OX-BUTTON OX-SPOT CONTROL 3RD PARTY CONNECTIVITY ORGATEX CLOUD OX-Label ....................................................................................................370 OX-Button ................................................................................................ 372 OX-Sensor ..................................................................................................374 ORGATEX Cloud ................................................................................... 376 OX-Spot-Control .................................................................................378 OX-Spot .....................................................................................................380 OX-Spot-motifs ....................................................................................382 OX-Laser ....................................................................................................384 OX-Monomover ...................................................................................386 katalog.orgatex.com/ digital-intralogistics Scan to find out more. Easy to integrate. Immediate benefits. Thanks to Plug & Play, staff can set up the solution themselves – without needing IT or technical support. The connection to the ORGATEX Cloud is seamless and enables centralised control. Made in Germany. Security in every respect. Our hardware and software are developed and manufactured in Germany. GDPR-compliant hosting, high availability systems and end-to-end encryption guarantee maximum safety and quality – today and tomorrow. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 369
YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - One hardware platform for numerous applications* - Replaces paper labels and eliminates media breaks - Digital consignment note with automatically updated information - Integrated indoor localisation of material carriers and containers - Pick-to-light and material requisition directly at the item - Thread Mesh or NB-IoT/LTE-M – tailored to your specifi c application - REST API for integration with ERP, WMS and MES systems - OTA updates without the need to replace hardware - Low total cost of ownership thanks to versatile use of a single hardware platform - Made in Germany and GDPR-compliant DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-LABEL Process data on the container – automatically updated, directly from the ERP. To this day, containers still carry paper labels and tracking cards. If the status changes in the ERP, the label on the container immediately becomes out of date. This leads to time spent searching, errors and manual effort involved in reprin- ting and relabelling. OX-Label displays production and process data in real time and updates automatically from the ERP, WMS or MES. No printing, no labelling, no manual intervention. Simply get started and integrate. OX-Label is up and running in no time. Set-up and maintenance are managed centrally via the ORGATEX Cloud, with updates delivered via OTA – no hardware replacement required. The Thread variant utilises your existing mesh infrastructure. The NB-IoT/LTE-M variant transmits data via industrial mobile networks – no local Wi-Fi connection required, including 780 MB of EU data allowance for 10 years. Start small, generate benefits straight away, then integrate and scale later via REST API and webhooks into ERP, WMS and MES systems. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 370
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS SEE. CONTROL. LOCATE. ALL IN ONE DEVICE. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-LABEL Parameters Item Number Connectivity OX-Label Classic D-LAB-01 Thread OX-Label Classic NB-IoT D-LAB-01-NB OX-Label Flat OX-Label Flat NB-IoT D-LAB-FLA-01 D-LAB-FLA-01-NB Thread / NB-IoT / LTE-M Thread Thread / NB-IoT / LTE-M Included data allowance - 780 MB / 10 years - 780 MB / 10 years Dimensions (WxLxD) 120 x 120 x 21 mm 120 x 120 x 21 mm 191 x 123 x 14 mm 191 x 123 x 14 mm Display technology e-Ink e-Ink e-Ink e-Ink Display size 400 x 300 px 400 x 300 px 400 x 300 px 400 x 300 px Protection class Power supply Battery life* IP54 4xAAA up to 3 years IP54 4xAAA 1 year *(Depending on environment and usage) IP54 4xAAA up to 3 years IP54 4xAAA 1 year Locate containers at any time. 20 minutes searching, 2 minutes working – this daily routine is a thing of the past. The integrated indoor localisation system tracks the position of every container to within approximately one metre. Staff can access items directly, rather than walking up and down aisles. Result: search times reduced by up to 68 per cent. Confirm work steps at the touch of a button. Task completed? Instead of using slips of paper and entering details later, the employee confirms the step directly on the label. The confirmation is sent in real time to the ERP, WMS or MES. The status is immediately and accurately updated everywhere. Easy to attach, versatile in use. The frame is fitted directly onto the load carrier, allowing the OX-Label to be secured easily and with high safety standards. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 371
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-BUTTON Dimensions (WxLxD) 120 x 120 x 21 mm Display technology e-Ink Display size Display layout Connectivity Button IP rating Power supply Battery life* Price 400 x 300 px individual NB-IoT / LTE-M freely assignable IP54 4xAAA 1 year on request *(Depends on ambient conditions and usage) DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-BUTTON Report requirements digitally at the point of origin. Reports of missing materials, finished goods waiting to be processed or machine faults are still often communicated by shouting, telephone or written notes. This wastes time, leads to errors and delays subsequent processes. The OX-Button digitises this communication directly at the workplace: a single press of a button triggers the correct process – immediately, documented and without the need for an IT project. Easy to set up and integrate. The OX button is battery-powered and ready for immediate use – no cables, no Wi-Fi connection, no IT project. Thanks to integrated mobile network connectivity (NB-IoT/LTE-M), no local network infrastructure is required. Actions and workflows are set up via no-code configuration in the ORGATEX Cloud – no programming knowledge required, and no reliance on specialist IT departments. Updates are installed over-the air. You can get started with a single workstation or a single production line. Start small. Generate benefits straight away. And scale up over time. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 372
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS PROCESSES AT THE TOUCH OF A BUTTON. How it works: A need arises > An employee presses the OX button at their workstation > The notification is immediately transmitted to the ORGATEX Cloud via NB-IoT/LTE-M > A defined workflow starts automatically > The responsible person or system receives the information > The follow-up process begins immediately. Request replenishment in good time. If the container stock falls below the minimum level, the employee presses the OX button directly at the storage location. The Kanban call is triggered immediately – no need to walk to the terminal, no need to make a phone call. The relevant department receives the notification in real time. Replenishment arrives before the line stops. Collect finished goods without any waiting time. When a container is ready at the end of the line, a single press of a button notifies the forklift operator or the AGV directly – including the location. No queues, no blocked areas. The collection process starts where the need arises. Report faults immediately. If a machine breaks down, a single press of a button immediately informs the maintenance technician or shift supervisor – directly from the point of origin, without detours via other communication channels. Response times are noticeably reduced. Valuable time, which would otherwise be lost through manual relaying of information, is saved. YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - No need to walk anywhere, no phone calls. Report requirements directly on site. - Detect issues earlier, react faster. Follow-up processes start immediately. - No Wi-Fi, no IT overhead. Thanks to an integrated mobile connection. - No programming required. Set up and customise processes with ease. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 373
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SENSOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-SENSOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX Item number Item number Connectivity Connectivity Protocol Protocol Protection rating Protection rating Price Price On request NB-IoT / LTE-M / Thread COAPs IP54 On request Detect occupied and free storage locations with centimetre precision – automatically, in real time, without the need for manual checks. Currently, staff check storage spaces and Kanban bins as they walk past. They check whether the storage spaces and Kanban bins are occupied or free and whether they need to be restocked. This takes time, delays subsequent processes and leads to stock discrepancies. The OX sensor detects occupancy and fill levels contactlessly using time-of-flight technology and automatically reports them to the ORGATEX Cloud. There is no need for inspection rounds. Manual on-site checks are reduced by 60 per cent. Simply get started and integrate it. The OX sensor can be installed in just a few steps and is ready for use straight away – without the need for a time-consuming project phase. Configuration is carried out via the software: different crate sizes, new detection ranges or changes to the layout can be adjusted without the need for physical modifications. Start small, generate benefits straight away, then integrate and scale later via ERP, WMS and automation systems. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 374
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS EVERY STORAGE SPACE AT A GLANCE. Your benefi ts at a glance: - Non-contact, continuous level measurement – using state-of-the-art TOF technology - Flexible retrofi tting – adapts to diff erent containers and racking systems - Automated replenishment processes – production interruptions are avoided - One sensor per compartment – universally applicable, simple installation - Real-time visualisation – keep an eye on fi ll levels at all times via the ORGATEX Cloud - Reliable connectivity – via NB-IoT, LTE-M or the Thread mesh network - Industrial-grade and robust – suitable for use even under demanding conditions Detect storage locations in real time. In block and floor storage, it is often unclear exactly which areas are occupied and by what. The OX sensor detects, with centimetre precision, which storage locations are free and which are occupied, and transmits the status in real time. This ensures the entire warehouse structure remains transparent at all times – eliminating the need for searching and counting. Reliable measurement from greater heights. In high-bay warehouses, checks are laborious and areas are difficult to access. The OX sensor measures precisely even from large heights and provides reliable occupancy data from areas that are otherwise virtually inaccessible. Manual checks are no longer necessary. Process measurement data directly. The OX sensor transmits its data in real time to the connected systems. This allows follow-up processes such as replenishment, stock reporting or material provision to be triggered automatically – without manual data entry and without any loss of time. Automatically monitor stock levels. Kanban bins and supermarket storage bays are running low – until now, this would only be noticed during the next inspection round. The OX sensor continuously monitors stock levels and automatically triggers restocking before shortages occur. Stock shortages fall to below 1 per cent, whilst stock accuracy rises to up to 99.5 per cent. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 375
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS ORGATEX CLOUD OX-SENSOR 3RD PARTY CONNECTIVITY OX-LABEL OX-BUTTON ORGATEX CLOUD Easy digitalisation – without any hurdles. The ORGATEX Cloud is a SaaS platform developed specifically for intralogistics, designed to make the transition to digitalisa- tion easier. Thanks to clear user guidance, practical functions and an intuitive user interface, the solution can be operated directly by on-site staff – regardless of prior IT knowledge. This means projects can be implemented immediately, rather than being held up by lengthy coordination processes. Flexibly manage and expand processes. Devices can be connected via plug-and-play and made ready for use in just a few minutes. Business rules and automations can be created and customised directly by the users them- selves – without external support. This results in a high degree of flexibility and autonomy in process design. Open to systems, secure in operation. The ORGATEX Cloud enables the integration of existing ERP or MES systems via standardised interfaces. At the same time, it meets the highest security standards: GDPR-compliant hosting in Germany, modern encryption methods and a hardened platform architecture ensure reliable, secure operation. Overview and control – anytime, anywhere. Whether via desktop or on the move via an app: the platform enables the central management of all connected devices and processes. Data can be visualised in real time, whilst analyses support decision-making at all levels. The ORGATEX Cloud is scalable and can be expanded at any time – for warehouses, Production facilities and logistics sites of any size. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ORGATEX CLOUD Item Number Hosting On request Germany GDPR-compliant yes Security Hardened security architecture Availability (annual average) 99,8 % SLA Price Individual arrangements On request SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 376
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS ONE PLATFORM. FULL TRANSPARENCY. YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - Intuitive user experience – specially developed for warehouse and shop fl oor staff - Seamless integration – into existing systems via standardised interfaces - Plug-and-play setup – devices ready for use straight away - Maximum transparency – centralised management of all devices and processes - Quick results – users can implement business rules and automations directly - Better decisions – through real-time visualisation of relevant data - Safety ‘Made in Germany’ – GDPRcompliant and state-of-the-art - Flexible & mobile – available at any time via desktop or app Configure the OX-BUTTON easily via the ORGATEX Cloud. Thanks to the ORGATEX Cloud’s intuitive user interface, the OX-Button can be set up quickly and without any programming knowledge. Workflows are clearly broken down into individual steps: from notifications via email, text message or phone call, through the integration of external systems or AGVs, right through to individual content for the button display. Once saved, the configura- tion is immediately assigned to the OX-Button. Processes can be adjusted centrally and flexibly at any time at the touch of a button. Load carrier tracking via hall visualisation and OX-LABEL. With the help of the ORGATEX Cloud, the positions of load carriers can be tracked in real time and visualised on a digital warehouse map. Through the integration of the OX-LABEL with its tracking function, movements are automatically recorded and displayed in a traceable manner. Staff can search specifically for particular containers or transport units. This reduces search times, speeds up processes and significantly improves the overview within the warehouse. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 377
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SPOT CONTROL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-SPOT CONTROL Item Number Connection D-SPC-02 230 V Schuko plug Connection OX-Spot C13 power socket (for low voltage equipment) Radio Set-up Bluetooth LE OX-App (Android / iOS) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-BEACON Item Number Radio Battery life* Set-up Housing D-BCO-02 Bluetooth LE up to 3 years OX-App (Android / iOS) Plastic Application area Dry indoor areas *(Depending on the environment and usage) Warn. Exactly when it’s needed. At crossings and passageways, forklift trucks, tugger trains and pedestrians often encounter one another without realising it. Permanent warning lights are designed to protect – yet they become a matter of habit and lose their effectiveness. The habituation effect sets in, and attention wanes precisely where it is most crucial. OX-Spot Control puts an end to this. The intelligent control unit activates your OX-Spot’s warning projection only when a vehicle is actually approaching – and switches it off again afterwards. Simply set it up and integrate it. Start small, warn immediately: OX-Spot Control is connected to the socket via a Schuko plug – no electrician, no IT project. The OX-Beacon transmitter can be attached to the vehicle wirelessly, so no intervention in the vehicle’s electrical system is required. The detection range can then be conveniently adjusted via the OX app (Android / iOS). The entire system runs completely offline via Bluetooth, without Wi-Fi and without the cloud. Vehicle detection is GDPR-compliant, as anonymous, one-way signals with no personal reference are processed. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 378
WARN WHEN NECESSARY. Ensuring safe crossings. The greatest risk arises at junctions with poor visibility. When a forklift approaches, OX-Spot Control detects the vehicle via the OX-Beacon and projects the warning symbol directly onto the ground. Pedestrians and drivers react immediately. Once the vehicle has passed, the projection disappears – the next warning remains active. Upgrade existing OX-Spot installations. Already using OX-Spot? Simply add OX-Spot Control. No modifications to electronics or vehicle systems are required. Plug in the control unit, stick the beacon to the vehicle, and you’re done. A static, permanent projection is transformed into a situationdependent assistance system. DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - Warning projections only appear when necessary - Greater attention due to situation-dependent activation - Less habituation than with permanently active warning lights - Easy setup via the OX app - No network or PLC integration required - OX-Beacon operates independently of the vehicle’s technical systems - Quick retrofi tting of existing OX-Spot installations - Can be used as a stand-alone unit and is ready for immediate use OX-APP COMING SOON For further information, please visit: www.orgatex.de. Make hazard points clearly visible. The ground projection provides labelling for the specific hazard area directly on the walkway. The warning symbol is intuitive and understandable regardless of language – so staff can see at a glance where special attention is required. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 379
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-SPOT Item number eOX-Spot-40 | eOX-Spot-80 LED power 40 W | 80 W Luminous fl ux 1150 lm | 4730 lm Effi ciency 27 lm/W | 56 lm/W Colour temperature 6300 - 6700 K LED service life approx. 35000 h Power consumption 42 W | 84 W Input voltage 220 - 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Cooling Active (20 dB(A)) | Active (29 dB(A)) Housing material Weight Connection Steel / aluminium, powder-coated 1.97 kg | 3.5 kg IEC socket Application area Dry indoor areas Ambient temperature -30 °C to +35 °C Protection class/ protection rating I / IP20 Photobiological safety RG-2 (in accordance with IEC/EN 62471-5:2015) DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SPOT Warnings and directional signs remain permanently visible – with no wear and tear whatsoever. Floor markings and signs wear out over time. Forklift trucks, Pedestrian traffic and cleaning machines take their toll on paint and adhesive tape until warnings are barely recognisable. In poor lighting conditions, staff lose their bearings, and every change to the process means reapplying tape or repainting. The OX-Spot projects warning, information and directional signs as a high-performance LED projection directly onto the warehouse floor. The projection does not wear out, remains permanently visible and can be adjusted in seconds. Easy to set up and integrate. The OX-Spot is ready for immediate use. A standard mains socket is all that’s needed – no electrician, no cabling, no IT infrastructure. You can start in a single location and gradually expand to other areas. Two power levels cater for different mounting heights and projection sizes: The OX-Spot 40 is suitable for small warning areas and low to medium mounting heights, whilst the OX-Spot 80 is designed for large halls and high ceiling installations. You can optionally expand the system with OX-Spot Control for presence- controlled activation: the warning projection then appears only when vehicles are approaching – this increases awareness and reduces the habituation effect. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 380
OX-SPOT ON. RISK OFF. Motif Interchangeable Lens Focus adjustment IEC socket Power consumption 42 W / 84 W Motif holder Screw-in Guiding traffic safely. Forklift trucks and pedestrians share narrow pathways. The OX-Spot projects pedestrian paths, safety distances and hazard zones with razor-sharp clarity onto the floor. The markings remain clearly visible even in heavy traffic. Staff can orientate themselves immediately, reducing the risk of collisions. Change processes without re-marking. A work area is reorganised, a traffic route is relocated. Instead of removing and reapplying colour, simply swap the motif disc. The new symbol appears immedi- ately in the desired location. No downtime, no drying time, no laborious re-labelling. Clearly visible even in the dark. In poorly lit halls or in dusty conditions, traditional signs are barely visible. The OX-Spot projects clearly recogni- sable symbols with high luminous intensity, even under difficult conditions. The warning remains visible – exactly where it is needed. DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - Permanently visible warning and information symbols - No wear and tear, unlike with fl oor markings or signs - High visibility even in diffi cult lighting conditions - Interchangeable standard and customised designs - Two power settings for diff erent projection sizes - Fast and simple assembly and quick design changes - Energy-effi cient LED technology - Optionally expandable with OX-Spot Control Permanently label hazardous areas. On machinery, at crossings or along traffic routes, OX-Spot ensures that warning and information symbols remain permanently visible. Unlike adhesive floor markings, the projection remains clearly visible at all times and does not wear out, even with intensive use. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 381
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SPOT STANDARD MOTIFS 40 W AND 80 W Motifs for the OX-Spot To ensure clear and flexible safety signage, ORGATEX offers both ready-to-use standard designs and individual designs. The range includes the full selection of safety signs in accordance with ASR A1.3, as well as customised symbols, warning notices and directional signs for floors and walls. Individual designs are available in high-contrast black-and- white executions, in one, two or three colours, as well as in halftone multi-colour and photographic designs. All designs are suitable for the OX-Spot 40 W and 80 W, colour-fast and quick to replace. Forklift prohibited Order no.: No pedestrian access Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-1 EOX-SPOT-80-M-1 EOX-SPOT-M-2 EOX-SPOT-80-M-2 Caution forklift truck area Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-3 EOX-SPOT-80-M-3 For pedestrians Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-4 EOX-SPOT-80-M-4 Stop and give way! Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-9 EOX-SPOT-80-M-9 No access for unauthorised persons Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-17 EOX-SPOT-80-M-17 Caution forklift truck area Order no.: EOX-SPOT-M-101 EOX-SPOT-80-M-101 CAN’T FIND WHAT YOU’RE LOOKING FOR? We produce individual designs based on your artwork. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 382
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-SPOT INDIVIDUAL MOTIFS 40 W AND 80 W Black & White (Motif without colour) Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-SW EOX-SPOT-80-MI-SW 1-colour 2-colour 3-colour (Motif in a single colour) (Motif in two colours) (Motif in three colours) Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-1 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-1 Order no..: EOX-SPOT-MI-2 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-2 Order no.: EOX-SPOT-MI-3 EOX-SPOT-80-MI-3 OX-SPOT 40 Illuminance [lux] 2180 970 eOX-Spot 40 3.870 1.720 970 620 430 320 240 180 150 120 100 90 75 65 Up to three graphics are possible per motif! 0,2 m 0,5 m 0,7 m 0,9 m 1,2 m 1,4 m 1,6 m 1,9 m 2,1 m 2,3 m 2,6 m 2,8 m 3,0 m 3,3 m 3,5 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m OX-SPOT 80 Illuminance [lux] eOX-Spot 80 11.210 4.980 2.800 1.790 1.250 910 700 550 450 370 310 270 230 200 0,3 m 0,6 m 0,8 m 1,1 m 1,4 m 1,7 m 2,0 m 2,3 m 2,6 m 2,9 m 3,2 m 3,5 m 3,8 m 4,1 m 4,4 m Distance 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 383
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-LASER Laser power Laser colour Beam angle Line width Laser class 750, 800, 1000 mW Green, red, light blue 60°, 90°, 110° approx. 2.5 - 3.5 cm 1/2 AC power supply 230 VAC / mains adaptor DC power supply from 12 VDC to 25 VDC Power consumption < 8 W in continuous operation Cable length IP rating Laser module dimensions Dimensions of mounting bracket Weight including moun- ting bracket 1 + 1 m, extendable up to 12 m IP 44 approx. 18 x 100 mm approx. 150 x 120 x 65 mm approx. 600 g Service life typ. > 25000-40000 h Temperature range approx. - 15 °C to + 45 °C, optionally down to -30 °C *Values may vary depending on the model DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-LASER Floor markings that never fade. The virtual line that withstands Forklift traffic. In high-traffic areas, physical floor markings wear away over time. Forklift trucks, braking manoeuvres and dirt cause adhesive tape and colour to fade. The result: regular re-marking, downtime and faded lines that compromise safety. Instead, the OX-Laser projects a virtual line directly onto the floor. It is 100% abrasion- resistant and remains permanently visible. No re-marking. No material wear and tear. Where traditional markings reach their limits, the laser’s advantages come into play. Simply set up and integrate. Installation follows the ‘screw on, plug in, align’ principle. Mount the modules overhead, connect the power supply (110–230 VAC or 12–25 VDC) and align the line. For longer distances, multiple units can be cascaded to create a continuous line of any length. A choice of mounting options (screw-mounted or magnetic base) allows the laser to be adapted to different hall layouts. Start small with a single unit, generate immediate benefits, and scale up later to cover entire traffic routing systems. When correctly installed at the recommended height, the laser is safety-certified to Class 1/2. A laser safety officer is not required.. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 384
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS MARKING THAT DOESN’T FADE. OX-LASER Version 750 mW 750 mW 750 mW 800 mW 800 mW 800 mW 1000 mW 1000 mW 1000 mW Line delimiter Line delimiter Line delimiter Line colour Line angle Order no. Green Green Green Red Red Red Light blue Light blue Light blue - - - 60° 90° 110° 60° 90° 110° 60° 90° 110° 60° 90° 110° OX-LAS-75060-05 OX-LAS-75090-05 OX-LAS-750110-05 OX-LAS-80060-01 OX-LAS-80090-01 OX-LAS-800110-01 OX-LAS-100060-03 OX-LAS-100090-03 OX-LAS-1000110-03 OX-LAS-LB60 OX-LAS-LB90 OX-LAS-LB110 Permanently separate vehicle and pedestrian routes. Forklift trucks and pedestrians cross paths in traffic areas. Faded lines increase the risk of collision. The OX-Laser projects a consistently bright guide line that does not wear away, even under constant traffic. The result: clear separation of routes, reduced risk of accidents, no need for touch-ups. Visibly demarcate hazardous areas. Around machinery and in heavy-duty zones, adhesive tapes become obscured by dirt and oil. The OX-Laser marks hazard zones with a sharp line that remains visible at all times. Result: permanent visual guidance, even in dirty and oily environments. Secure markings in cold storage and extreme temperature environments. In cold stores and at extreme temperatures, physical markings adhere poorly or come away. The OX-Laser operates reliably from -30 °C to +45 °C. The result: consistent marking where adhesive tape is no longer an option. YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - No need for re-marking. No downtime. The line stays where it belongs. - No wear and tear, no material costs. - 25000–40000 hours of continuous operation. - Always visible – even in the presence of dirt, oil and at -30 °C. - Once installed, maintenance-free in operation. - One unit is sufficient; many can be cascaded – scalable to any route length. s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 385
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-LASER LENGTH LIMIT Adjust the line length precisely – with the length limiter. Not every line needs to run the full projectable length. This is exactly where the length limiter comes in: an accessory for adjusting the length of the floor line. The length limiter is fitted directly onto the laser module as a clamping block and can be finely adjusted on both sides. This allows you to precisely define the start and end points of your line – ideal when the projected line is to end exactly at a shelf edge, a storage bay or a traffic zone. Line length depends on ceiling height and line angle. Height 60° 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 4.6 m 5.8 m 6.9 m 8.1 m 9.2 m 10.4 m 90° 8 m 10 m 12 m 14 m 16 m 18 m 10 m 11.5 m 20 m 110° 11.4 m 14.3 m 17.1 m 20 m 22.9 m 25.7 m 28.6 m m 5 60° i : t h g e H g n i t n u o M 5,8 m Line Length on the Ground Three variants are available to suit the lens of your line laser: Lens angle 60° tion · R • OX-LAS-LB60 – for a 60° line angle • OX-LAS-LB90 – for a 90° line angle • OX-LAS-LB110 – for a 110° line angle 60° m 5 Tip: Always select the length limiter to match the lens angle of your laser module. This is the only way to ensure the fine adjustment works properly and you get a clearly defined line without any spread at the ends. i : t h g e H g n i t n u o M 90° 5,8 m 10 m ound Line Length on the Ground Lens angle 90° alues SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 386
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS SAFETY THROUGHOUT THE LINE. Calculate the line length easily. Scan the QR code and open our line laser confi gurator. Select the mounting height and lens angle – the appropriate line length is calculated straight away. Scan the QR code now Installing the OX-Laser – screw on, plug in, align. The installation of the OX-Laser has been deliberately kept simple. The device is mounted overhead on the ceiling or wall – at a height of around 4 metres or more. The process involves three clear steps: Screwing on: Secure the bracket to the ceiling or wall. Plugging in: Connect the device to the mains supply. Aligning: Align the projected line precisely with the desired surface. Why a height of around 4 metres? Depending on the model and power setting, a minimum mounting height applies. This ensures that the line reaches the floor at the correct width and length – and that safety is maintained. Safety in operation: Laser classes 1 and 2. One issue that often causes uncertainty during planning is laser safety. Depending on the installation and configu- ration, the OX-Laser is classified as laser class 1 or 2 and is therefore safe for the eyes and skin. Up to and including class 2, no laser safety officer is required. Important to note: It is always the entire laser system or the workshop that is classified – not the individual device. You should therefore take the specific on-site installation situation into account in your planning. Installation Guidelines Safety Zone Example: 750 mW · 90° Overhead Clearance Reference Values by Angle and Power Output RECOMMENDED OVERHEAD INSTALLATION From Approx. 4 m Depending on Model and Power Output When installed correctly, the laser system can meet the requirements for Laser Class 1 or 2 and is considered eye-safe under the specified operating conditions. Verify Mounting Height Before Operation ! ANT Ceiling / Laser Mounting m m 0 2 3 3 OVERHEAD CLEARANCE 1.320 mm i : t h g e h g n i t n u o m m u m n M i i Assumed Person Height: 2.000 mm Floor ANGLE 750 mW 800 mW Clearance (mm) Clearance (mm) 60° 1830 1950 90° 1320 1400 110° 740 785 Values Based on the Technical Reference Document s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 387
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 Dimensions 535 x 210 x 140 mm (L x W x H) Compatible rail system ORGATEX ® FiFo monorail Feed speed 3 m/min Max. Total load up to 300 kg Power 50 W/24 V DC / 2 A Input voltage 220 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Structural requirements Safety distance Level workshop fl oor (≥ 20 N/mm2 compressive strength) ≥ 120 mm from moving parts Price On request Efficiency for the FiFo station – easy to retrofit. OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 is the ideal addition to modern FiFo stations. The motorised feed unit for dollies handles the transport of dollies (up to 300 kg total load) fully automatically – from one module to the next. Driven by robust bristle belts and controlled via integrated photoelectric sensors, the OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 ensures a reliable flow of materials without manual intervention. Integration into existing monorail tracks is quick and straight- forward. This allows existing stations to be upgraded to a new level of automation in no time at all – without any intervention in higher-level systems. Seamlessly automated and designed with the process in mind. OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 not only reduces physically demanding pushing, but above all manual, labour-intensive tasks. It ensures that material movements take place automatically and on time – particularly during collection by AGVs or at cycle-critical handover points. Unnecessary delays caused by a lack of feed are thus a thing of the past. The feed speed of 3 m/min is ideally suited to cycle-oriented- processes and flexible production environments. OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 can be expanded modularly and adapts effortlessly to growing requirements or new line layouts. SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW 388
DIGITAL INTRALOGISTICS MATERIAL FLOWS AUTOMATICALLY. YOUR BENEFITS AT A GLANCE: - Automated material supply – for more effi cient production processes without manual intervention - Reduced labour requirements – manual interactions and inspection rounds are no longer necessary - Quick integration – into existing FiFo rails and processes - Scalable & adaptable – for various production environments - Optimises AGV deployment – seamless handover to automated guided vehicles Automation of FIFO stations in Production. OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 replaces the manual feeding of Dollies and ensures a steady supply at the points of use – fully automatic, standardised and without the need for manual labour. Seamless material flow. When used in conjunction with an AGV system, the OX-MONOMOVER 2.0 can act as a handover point for transport operations. This creates a seamless, automated flow of materials – from the warehouse to the production line, without any delays. Dimensions in production line operation s c i t s i g o a r t n l I l a t i g D i 389
SERVICES OUR SERVICE OFFER We want every business to be able to operate as a lean business. That’s why we not only offer you over 3,000 products to boost efficiency, but also support you with valuable services – from labelling services to lean seminars – to help you chart your own individual path towards this goal. 390 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SERVICES A lean business needs two things: a suitable and functional infrastructure for lean processes and in-depth knowledge of effective methods. We are happy to support you with both, drawing on our collective experience of over 50 years. And in our Lean seminars and the ORGATEX® roadshows, our experienced speakers provide you with in-depth insights into lean methods and bring you up to date on the latest developments in lean management. Through our installation service, Lean Corner service and FiFo Station service, we ensure that your lean infrastructure is perfectly assembled and ready for use in no time. What’s more, you’ll also conserve your resources, as your staff won’t be tied up with installation work. OUR SERVICES: - Floor marking installation service - On-site assembly of FiFo stations - Lean Corner Service - Showroom i s e c v r e S 391
SERVICES FLOOR MARKING INSTALLATION PRECISE. ADHESIVE. PERMANENT. Individual advice Tailor-made marking plans Optimal installation In modern intralogistics, floor markings ensure safety and efficient processes. Specific shapes, as well as colour and reflective properties, highlight potential hazard areas, draw attention and organise the flow of materials. Floor markings play a central role, particularly in modern manufacturing and operational strategies such as the 5S system, the Andon system and the classic Toyota Produc- tion System (TPS). They standardise work areas, mark out walking routes and ensure that everything is in its proper place. This boosts productivity, ensures safety in opera- tions and increases efficiency. To meet the diverse requirements of different industries, we are constantly refining our marking materials. From hard-wearing floor panels and heavy-duty tapes to label- ling modules for indoor and outdoor use, right through to application areas such as cold stores with ambient tempe- ratures as low as –20 °C, ORGATEX® offers the right solu- tion for every situation. 392 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SERVICES Save yourself time and hassle. Rely on our quick installation and our on-site installation service. Contact us by phone or online. +49 2173 1064-0 Go to the contact form Every shop floor and production hall features walkways, hazard zones, storage areas and much more. Precise label- ling makes work easier, minimises human error and plays a key role in ensuring compliance with regulations. Our product range sets the standard for such labelling. The quality of the installation and the materials used play a crucial role in the durability and visibility of the markings. This is where our specialised on-site installation service comes in. We provide personalised advice, draw up a bespoke marking plan and, thanks to our expertise, guarantee optimal installation. Depending on the surface conditions, wear and tear, and industry-specific require- ments, our experts identify potential hazard areas, define route layouts and install the optimal marking system. The materials used by ORGATEX® are of the highest quality. They are forklift-proof, have high abrasion resistance, are characterised by excellent adhesive strength and have been specially developed for block storage areas or other heavy-duty environments. Our professionals know the ideal processing temperature and, drawing on their experience, guarantee flawless installation. Our experts develop marking concepts based on local conditions and in accordance with the Workplace Regulations and the relevant Technical Rules for Workplaces. These include, in particular, ASR A1.8 for traffic routes and ASR A1.3 for their labelling. For escape routes and emergency exits, ASR A2.3 is also taken into account. The company’s risk assessment is decisive. Our service not only offers visual benefits but also simpli- fies day-to-day work through clear structures and guide- lines. Accident rates are reduced, responsibilities and work areas are visualised, and processing times are shortened. Professional warehouse signage has a positive impact on your staff. An organised, structured environment not only boosts work efficiency but also enhances the general well- being and satisfaction of your team. We are committed to providing you with the best possible- service and take pride in our high standards of installation and after-sales service. Let us work together to make your working environment safer, more efficient and better organised, and to drive your operational excellence. i s e c v r e S 393
SERVICES ON-SITE INSTALLATION OF FIFO STATIONS PLAN. INSTALL. READY FOR USE. Many years of expertise Precise installation On-site consultancy The increasing complexity of intralogistics, the growing- diversity of production and the trend towards ‘instant delivery’ call for robust and modern solutions. A FIFo- Station or supermarket system makes stock levels visible and enables clear material allocation during filling or retrieval. This allows the required production quantity to be pre-picked and stock to be replenished with pinpoint accuracy. A FIFo-station system thus combines the advan- tages of visual stock management with the ease of use of a parking system. Our experienced teams will install your FiFo station on site and ensure it is seamlessly integrated into your produc- tion environment. Thanks to our in-depth expertise and experience across various industries, we guarantee precise installation and rapid completion. The ORGATEX® mono- rail system, for example, has a modular design and can be installed without drilling. We tailor the length and width to your individual requirements. The end caps serve as impact protection, whilst the flat sides and coloured covers provide additional protection against workplace accidents caused by tripping. 394 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SERVICES If you have any questions or would like a no-obligation offer, our service team is always happy to help. Contact us by phone or online. +49 2173 1064-0 Go to the contact form Because every detail matters for perfect functionality, our experts support you from planning right through to installation. As information on a busy shop floor must be immedi- ately visible and intuitively positioned, we recommend signage directly on the system. The combination of floor markings and labelling on the enclosures makes it easier for the order picker to identify items straight away and prevents incorrect picking. This transforms a rail system into a comprehensive solution that boosts the efficiency of your operations. In over 50 years of planning, manufacturing and installing intralogistics systems, we have had the unique opportunity to gain insight into a wide variety of industries. We value dialogue on an equal footing and a collaborative part- nership. We know that things need to move quickly, yet no detail must be overlooked. We are familiar with the guide- lines for working in cleanrooms, the high safety standards in the food industry and the priority given to occupational safety. Our aim is to understand and meet our customers’ requirements and needs. Our team of experts is on hand to turn your individual challenges into efficient solutions. From the very first consultation, the focus is on improving the organisation of your operational processes. These must be agile, practical for day-to-day use and intuitive, so that you are well-positioned for the future. With our team of experts operating throughout Germany, we provide on-site consultancy and can support you in achieving an ideal material supply system through an efficient, holistic solution, tailored to your day-to-day operations. i s e c v r e S 395
SERVICES LEAN CORNER SERVICE IDENTIFY. OPTIMISE. STANDARDISE. Versatile solutions Individual planning Process optimisation The Lean Corner serves as the starting point for a daily scrum or morning meeting, a central location for displaying key performance indicators and the basis for effective team communication. This makes it an essential component of a modern, lean manufacturing environment and has a significant impact on shop floor efficiency, employees’ day-to-day work and successful operational processes. The configuration of a Lean Corner is based on the requi- rements of your shop floor and your day-to-day work. Numerous options and various designs make it an effective visual management tool. Whether wall-mounted, digital or analogue, mobile, Magnetic or stationary: a Lean Corner is a bespoke solution that brings structure to your shop floor and integrates seamlessly into your working environment. 396 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SERVICES Our service covers the planning and installation of your individual Lean Corner. We utilise state-of-the-art technology that not only enables the integration of digital data but also meets the require- ments of Industry 4.0. A key feature of our Lean Corners is their integration with modern IoT devices and data analysis tools. This enables real-time monitoring and provides an innovative platform for optimising workflows. Our Lean Corners are particularly characterised by the integration of CIP boards. CIP stands for ‘Continuous Impro- vement Process’. This is a key management method that utilises the expertise and experience of staff to continuously optimise workflows. This principle ties in seamlessly with the Muda concept, which aims to identify and reduce all forms of waste – be it physical resources, time, energy or untapped potential. The focus here is on sustainability. In the face of global challenges and limited resources, it is essen- tial to act in a sustainable, responsible and forward-loo- king manner. Thanks to their modular design, our Lean Corners are particularly versatile. From writable surfaces to magnetic boards that allow accessories such as KPI indicators and magnetic frames to be attached, we offer a wide range of individually customisable options. The in-house installation of Lean Corners within a company goes beyond the mere physical set-up of a new works- pace. It is the first step towards a transparent, efficient and productive working environment. Looking to the future, we envisage an increasingly connected and digitalised working world. Our Lean Corners are constantly evolving to meet these requirements and to support you on your journey towards this future. Take the first step towards your Lean Corner. Contact us by phone or online. +49 2173 1064-0 Go to the contact form i s e c v r e S 397
SERVICES ORGATEX SHOWROOM EXPERIENCE. UNDERSTAND. APPLY. Practical solutions Individual planning Live demonstrations The ORGATEX showroom offers the opportunity to expe- rience modern visual management and digital intralogi- stics in a realistic working environment. The focus is on holistic process solutions rather than individual products. Visitors can see how labelling systems, visual boards, floor markings, Kanban solutions and digital assistance systems work together optimally to make workflows more efficient. The showroom provides a clear illustration of modern production and logistics processes. Transparent infor- mation, structured material flows and a well-thought-out workplace design demonstrate how processes can be optimised in the long term and daily workflows simplified. This highlights the contribution that visual management can make to greater efficiency, safety and transparency within the company. 398 SIMPLIFY YOUR WORKFLOW
SERVICES ORGATEX Showroom – Experience solutions. Understand processes. As every company has its own individual requirements for its production and logistics processes, we work with our customers to develop tailor-made solutions. The showroom serves as a practical environment in which different Appli- cations can be tested, processes understood and specific use cases discussed. Our experts support you from the initial idea through planning to the implementation of a solution tailored to your working environment. A particular focus is placed on the interaction between analogue and digital systems. The showroom demons- trates how traditional labelling solutions can be combined with digital Applications to make information available at all times, manage material flows transparently and cont- inuously improve shop floor processes. The ORGATEX Showroom is aimed equally at existing customers, prospective clients and new staff. It offers the opportunity not only to see solutions, but also to acti- vely experience them and immediately appreciate their benefits. This provides valuable inspiration for designing efficient workplaces and future-proof production and logistics processes. In addition, the showroom is a venue for workshops, trai- ning sessions and individual consultations. Together, we develop solutions for specific challenges and highlight practical ways to optimise processes sustainably. Visitors benefit from ORGATEX’s many years of experience in the fields of visual management, labelling and intralogistics. EXPERIENCE EFFICIENT PROCESSES FIRST-HAND. Visit our showroom and discover how modern visual management and digital intralogistics can simplify your workfl ows. Book your personal appointment now. +49 2173 1064-0 Go to the contact form i s e c v r e S 399
INDEX 1009036V 1009444V 2010061 2010063 3003018 2SDSK/1310- 2SDSK/4110- 2SDSK/4210- 2SDSK/5110- 2SDSK/5210- 2SDSK/6110- 2SDSK/7110- 2SDOSK/4110- 2SDOSK/5110- AS-E105-160 AS-E125-200 AS-EM100-145 AS-EM100-290 AS-EM100-870 AS-R35-10 AS-R100-10 ATP420 ATP660-ESD-20 BKL-A3-IND BKL-A4-IND BKL-W-A3 BKL-W-A4 BKL-W-A3-IND BKL-W-A4-IND BKL-600-IND BKL-W-600-IND BMS35 BS-SCHILD-200- BS-SCHILD-297- BSW-SCHILD-200- D-BCO-02 D-LAB-01 D-LAB-01-NB D-LAB-FLA-01 D-LAB-FLA-01-NB D-SPC-02 EHS-MO- EHS-WM- EKS-A10010-SG EKS-A10020-SG EKS-AP11010-SG EKS-E10014-SG EKS-H10017-SG EKS-HP11017-SG EKS-HP11917-SG EKS-W3000-SG ET33-168K- ET33-75K- ET33-75K- ET75 ET75-168K- ET76-70 ET85 ET100 ET105-148 ET105-148 ET135 ET136 ET136-HALTESTELLE ET150 ET190 ET200 400 359 359 359 359 359 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 41 41 57 57 91 91 91 91 91 179 252 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 29 344 344 344 378 371 371 371 371 378 358 358 366 366 366 366 366 366 366 366 162 162 85 85 241 85 85 85 85 228 85 138 138 85 85 85 ET210 ET220 ET230 ET250 ET275 ET300 ET302 ET335 ET350 ET375 ET378 ET400 ET402 ET450 ET475 ET475 ET500 ET520 ET550 ET600 ET600 ET650 ET650 ET670 ET700 ET730 ET800 ET830 eOX-Spot-40 eOX-Spot-80 FIFO-ADAPTER FIFO-BP-1200 FIFO-BP-1800 FIFO-BP-2400 FIFO-BP-3000 FIFO-EK-1 FIFO-EK-2L FIFO-EK-2R FIFO-EKV FIFO-PAK-L FIFO-PAK-R FIFO-PV FIFO-SCHR-K FLIP-MAG- FLIP-MAG-ESD- FLS-C10012-SG FLS-D10013-SG FLS-F10015-SG FLS-S10009-SG FX-SK- FX-SK-67- FX-SK-A4- HE120-100 HE120-150 HE120-75 HE127-100 HE127-150 HE127-75 HE138-100 HE138-150 HE138-75 HE147-100 HE147-150 HE147-75 HE148-105 HE167-100 HE167-150 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 228 85 85 85 51 85 51 85 85 85 85 85 85 380 380 304 304 304 304 304 288 304 304 289 304 304 289 304 239 251 365 365 365 365 83 83 83 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 228 68 68 HE167-200 HE225-100/ HE225-150/ HE238-100/ HE238-150/ HE250-100/ HE250-150/ HE525-100/ HE525-150/ HE538-100/ HE538-150/ HE547-75 HE550-100/ HE550-150/ HEM360-100/ HEM360-150/ HEM360-200/ HEM360-300/ HEM360-600/ HEM380-100/ HEM380-150/ HEM380-200/ HEM380-300/ HEM380-600/ HES460-100/ HES460-150/ HES460-200/ HES460-300/ HES460-600/ HES480-100/ HES480-150/ HES480-200/ HES480-300/ HES480-600/ HW-SCHILD-300- K2-BLM4 K210-G K212-30-G K213-30-G* K213-60-G* K213-90-G* K214-20-G* K214-30-G* K215-20-G K215-30-G K215-90-G* K216-20-G K216-40-G K216-60-G K217-20-G K217-30-G K220-G K222-30-G K223-30-G* K223-60-G* K223-90-G* K224-15-G* K224-20-G* K224-30-G* K225-20-G K225-30-G K225-90-G* K226-20-G K226-40-G K226-60-G K227-20-G K227-30-G 68 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 71 228 71 71 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 346 167 167 164 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 167 164 165 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 K230-G K232-30-G K233-30-G* K233-60-G* K233-90-G* K234-15-G* K234-20-G* K234-30-G* K235-20-G K235-30-G K235-90-G* K236-20-G K236-40-G K236-60-G K237-20-G K237-30-G K242-30-G K243-30-G* K243-60-G* K243-90-G* K244-20-G* K244-30-G* K245-20-G K245-30-G K245-90-G* K246-20-G K246-40-G K246-60-G K247-20-G K247-30-G K5-BLM6 K511-G K512-30-G K513-30-G* K513-60-G* K513-90-G* K514-20-G* K514-30-G* K515-20-G K515-30-G K515-90-G K516-20-G K516-40-G K516-60-G K517-20-G K517-30-G K521-G K522-30-G K523-30-G* K523-60-G* K523-90-G* K524-15-G K524-20-G* K524-30-G* K525-20-G K525-30-G K525-90-G K526-20-G K526-40-G K526-60-G K527-20-G K527-30-G K531-G K532-30-G K533-30-G* K533-60-G* K533-90-G* 167 164 165 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 164 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 167 167 164 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 167 164 165 165 165 165 165 165 164 164 165 164 164 164 164 164 167 164 165 165 165
165 K534-15-G 165 K534-20-G* 165 K534-30-G* 164 K535-20-G 164 K535-30-G 165 K535-90-G 164 K536-20-G 164 K536-40-G 164 K536-60-G 164 K537-20-G 164 K537-30-G 164 K542-30-G 165 K543-30-G 165 K543-60-G* 165 K543-90-G* 165 K544-20-G* 165 K544-30-G* 164 K545-20-G 164 K545-30-G 165 K545-90-G* 164 K546-20-G 164 K546-40-G 164 K546-60-G 164 K547-20-G 164 K547-30-G 166 KAN-AMPEL250/ 166 KAN-AMPEL250/6 166 KAN-AMPEL500/ 166 KAN-AMPEL500/6 166 KAN-AMPEL75/ 166 KAN-AMPEL85/ 166 KAN-AMPELA5/ 166 KAN-AMPELA6/ 166 KAN-AMPELA7/ 49 KAN-CLIP75 47 KAN-CO1/3DIN 44 KAN-COM-EC 44 KAN-COM1/4DIN 44 KAN-COMA5 44 KAN-COMA6 44 KAN-COMA7 46 KAN-COP1/4DIN 46 KAN-COPA5 46 KAN-COPA6 46 KAN-COPA7 44 KAN-COS-EC 44 KAN-COS1/4DIN 44 KAN-COSA5 44 KAN-COSA6 44 KAN-COSA7 50 KAN-COSW100-60 45 KAN-COW-EC 45 KAN-COW1/4DIN 248 KAN-COW1/4DIN-ESD 45 KAN-COWA5 45 KAN-COWA6 45 KAN-COWA7 KAN-Gripper 28 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN-ESD-20 249 53 KAN-LABEL1/3DIN/ 249 KAN-LABELA5-ESD-20 KAN-LABELA5/ 53 237 KAN-MU-A3- 237 KAN-MU-A4- 237 KAN-MU-A5- KAN-MW-A1Q- 234 234 KAN-MW-A2H- 234 KAN-MW-A2Q- 234 KAN-MW-A3H- 234 KAN-MW-A3Q- 234 KAN-MW-A4H- 146 KAN-MW-A4H-04/-05 146 KAN-MW-A4H-04/-05 234 KAN-MW-A4Q- 234 KAN-MW-A5Q- 234 KAN-MWEX-A2Q- 234 KAN-MWEX-A3Q- 234 KAN-MWEX-A4H- 234 KAN-MWEX-A4Q- 236 KAN-MWH-A3Q- 236 KAN-MWH-A4H- 236 KAN-MWH-A4Q- 236 KAN-MWHEX-A3Q- 236 KAN-MWHEX-A4H- 236 KAN-MWHEX-A4Q- 235 KAN-MWR-A3H- 235 KAN-MWR-A3Q- 235 KAN-MWR-A4H- 235 KAN-MWR-A4Q- 235 KAN-MWREX-A3Q- 235 KAN-MWREX-A4Q- 51 KAN-PS2-04 51 KAN-PS2-HE100 51 KAN-PS2-HE150 146 KAN-SERM116 146 KAN-SERM116 29 KAN-U-Gripper 166 KE210-20 166 KE210-30 166 KE75-15 166 KE75-20 166 KE75-30 53 KL100- 249 KL100-ESD-20 54 KLMU100- 313 KLT-LIFT-2000 313 KLT-LIFT-2300 313 KLT-LIFT-3000 KLT-LIFT-3300 313 KLT-SNAP-1/3DIN-ESD/20 250 KLT-SNAP-1/3DIN/ 52 KLT-SNAP-DINA5-ESD/20 250 52 KLT-SNAP-DINA5/ 250 KLT-SNAP-ESD/20 KLT-SNAP/ 52 58 KLT22-75 58 KLT26-75 58 KLT36-102 58 KLT36-78 KLT43-102 58 197 KN-ALU-A0 197 KN-ALU-A1 197 KN-ALU-A2 KN-ALU-A3 197 197 KN-ALU-A4 172 KN-BK-35 172 KN-BK-35-ESD-06 255 KN-BK-35-ESD-06 KN-BK-A4-35 172 172 KN-BK-A5-35 172 KN-BK-A5Q-35 172 KN-BKM-35 KN-BKM-A4-35 172 172 KN-BKM-A5-35 KN-BKM-A5Q-35 KN-FLAT-04 KN-FLAT-EK KN-FLAT-ROLLENSET KNT-01000-SG KNT-B10011-SG KNT-B10021-SG KNT-BP11011-SG KNT-G10016-SG KNT-G10026-SG KNSERM115 KNSERM116 KNTA- KR2203-00-G KR2203-50-G KRS129-G KRS154-G KRS179-G KRS204-G KS129-G KS154-G KS179-G KS204-G KST1020 KST1220 KTB3000 KTB3000 (ESD) LABC1/4-2 LABCOVA5-2 LABCOVA6-2 LABCOVA7-2 LG-100-Q- LG-100-W45- LG-100-W90- LG-100500- LG-37-L-NL LG-47-L-NL LG-50-L- LG-50-Q- LG-50-T- LG-50-W45- LG-50-W90- LG-50250- LG-50220-R- LG-75-L- LG-75-Q- LG-75-T- LG-75-W45- LG-75-W90- LG-75220-R- LG-75350- LG-ANDRUCKROLLER LG-CLEANER/6 LG-KL-1/2A4- LG-KL-1/3DIN- LG-KL-A4- LG-KL-A5- LG-KL-KREIS- LG-KL-PFEIL- LG-KLS-1/2A4- LG-KLS-1/3DIN- LG-KLS-A4- LG-KLS-A5- LG-PRIMER LG-REMOVER/6 LG-Schaber LG-Schaber-K 172 306 306 306 365 365 365 365 365 365 177 177 55 167 167 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 166 166 30 245 48 48 48 48 121 107 107 121 332 332 121 121 121 107 107 121 119 121 121 121 107 107 119 121 147 144 137 137 137 137 138 138 137 137 137 137 144 144 146 146 LG-SCHILD-001-04 LG-SCHILD-200- LG-SCHILD-600- LG-SCHILD1/2- LG-SCHILD1/4- LG-TS100 LG-VERSIEGELUNG LG100- LG100-IND LG50- LG50-ESD LG50-IND LG50-SP- LG6X40ND LG75- LG75-ESD LG75-IND LGCP-50-L- LGCP-50-T- LGCP-50250- LGCP-75-L- LGCP-75-T- LGCP-75350- LGCP-KL-1/2A4- LGCP-KL-1/3DIN- LGCP-KL-A4- LGCP-KL-A5- LGCP100- LGCP50- LGCP75- LGECO50- LGECO75- LGECO100- LGESD50- LGESD75- LGESD100- LGFTS LGFTS-KREUZUNG LGFTS-KURVE LGFTS-WEICHE-V LGFTS-WEICHE-W LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-L LGFTS-WEICHE-Y-R LGGRIP100- LGGRIP50- LGGRIP75- LGGW100- LGGW30-P- LGGW50- LGGW75- LGHD-50-L- LGHD-50-T- LGHD-50250- LGHD-KL-A5 LGHD50- LGLD50- LGLD75- LGMOD-L- LGMOD-ND- LGMOD-SK- LGN-90-PP LGNL50 LGNL50-FW-L LGNL50-FW-R LGNL50-PF LGNL75 LGNL75-FW-L 258 348 352,353 354 355 145 144 107 108 107 107, 259 108 141 133 107 107, 259 108 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 102 102 102 117, 257 117, 257 117, 257 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 109,326 109,326 109,326 363 59,363 363 363 129 129 129 135 113 104 104 134 133 133 332 335 335 335 335 335 335 401
INDEX LGNL75-FW-R LGNL75-PF LGOD100- LGOD50- LGOD75- LGPF- LGPF-NL LGRG50- LGRG75- LGRG100- LGR-50-P-NL LGR-50-P-R- LGR-75-P-NL LGR-75-P-R- LGR-90-K- LGR-90-L- LGR-90-P- LGR-90-T- LGR-90450- LGRCP-90-L- LGRCP-90-P- LGRCP-90-T- LGRCP-90450- LGRG-KL-1/2A4- LGRG-KL-1/3DIN- LGRG-KL-A4- LGRG-KL-A5- LGRHD-90-L- LGRHD-90-P- LGRHD-90-T- LGRHD-90450- LGRV-90-K- LGRV-90-L- LGRV-90-P- LGRV-90-T- LGRV-90450- LGSTP- LGSV100-N LGSV100-P LGSV100-UN LGSV50-FX LGSV50-N LGSV50-P LGSV50-UN LGSV75-FX LGSV75-N LGSV75-P LGSV75-UN LGV100- LGV-100-Q- LGV-100500- LGV50- LGV-50-L- LGV-50-Q- LGV-50-T- LGV-50250- LGV75- LGV-75-L- LGV-75-Q- LGV-75-T- LGV-75350- LGZS120- LGZS150- LPM110-35/ LPM110-50/ LPM160-80/ LPS110-35/ 402 335 335 115 115 115 127,332 332 112 112 112 332 119 332 119 121 121 121 121 121 143 143 143 143 137 137 137 137 131 131 131 123 123 123 123 123 123 127 335 323 335 324 335 323 335 324 335 323 335 105 121 121 105 121 121 121 121 105 121 121 121 121 356 356 75 75 75 75 75 LPS110-50/ 75 LPS160-80/ 75 LPV160-80/ 73 LTM110-35/ 73 LTM110-50/ 73 LTM160-80/ 73 LTS110-35/ 73 LTS110-50/ 73 LTS160-80/ 73 LTV160-80/ 36 MA1310- 27 MA2000 245 MA2000 (ESD) 28 MA2020 246 MA2020 (ESD) 28 MA2030 246 MA2030 (ESD) 29 MA2050 28 MA2060 28 MA2070 27 MA2080 245 MA2080 (ESD) 27 MA2090 245 MA2090 (ESD) 27 MA2100 245 MA2100 (ESD) 36 MA4110- 37 MA4111- 36 MA4210- 37 MA4211- 36 MA5110- 37 MA5111- 36 MA5210- 36 MA6110- 36 MA7110- 285 MAT-ADAP-5 287 MAT-ADAP-ZB001 287 MAT-ADAP-ZB002 269 MAT-BORO-1 MAT-BORO-1-CLEAN 269 MAT-BORO-1-ESD/GUMMI 269 269 MAT-BORO-1-ESD/NM MAT-BORO-1-ESD/PU 269 269 MAT-BORO-1-GUMMI 269 MAT-BORO-1-PU 260 MAT-BORO-1/ESD 279 MAT-BORO-1200x800 MAT-BORO-1200x800-1 279 MAT-BORO-1200x800V 279 MAT-BORO-1200x800V1 279 MAT-BORO-1200x800-A 277 MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- CLEAN MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- ESD/GUMMI MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- ESD/NM MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- ESD/PU MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- GUMMI MAT-BORO-1200x800-A- PU 277 MAT-BORO-1200x800-DC 276 MAT-BORO-1200x800-EB 283 MAT-BORO-2 270 270 MAT-BORO-2-CLEAN 277 277 277 277 277 272 MAT-BORO-2-ESD/GUMMI 270 270 MAT-BORO-2-ESD/NM MAT-BORO-2-ESD/PU 270 260 MAT-BORO-2-ESD4 270 MAT-BORO-2-GUMMI 270 MAT-BORO-2-PU MAT-BORO-3 267 MAT-BORO-3-CLEAN 267 MAT-BORO-3-ESD/GUMMI 267 267 MAT-BORO-3-ESD/NM 267 MAT-BORO-3-ESD/PU MAT-BORO-3-GUMMI 267 267 MAT-BORO-3-PU MAT-BORO-5-CLEAN 271 MAT-BORO-5-ESD/GUMMI 271 MAT-BORO-5-ESD/NM 271 271 MAT-BORO-5-ESD/PU 271 MAT-BORO-5-GUMMI 271 MAT-BORO-5-NG 271 MAT-BORO-5-PU MAT-BORO-7B-CLEAN 272 MAT-BORO-7B-ESD 260 MAT-BORO-7B-ESD/ COMBI MAT-BORO-7B-ESD/ GUMMI 272 MAT-BORO-7B-ESD/NM 272 272 MAT-BORO-7B-GUMMI 272 MAT-BORO-7B/COMBI MAT-BORO-7C 273 MAT-BORO-7C-CLEAN 273 MAT-BORO-7C-ESD/ COMBI MAT-BORO-7C-ESD/ GUMMI 273 MAT-BORO-7C-ESD/NM 273 273 MAT-BORO-7C-GUMMI MAT-BORO-800-5L 274 MAT-BORO-800-5L- CLEAN MAT-BORO-800-5L-ESD/ GUMMI MAT-BORO-800-5L-ESD/ NM MAT-BORO-800-5L- GUMMI MAT-BORO-800D-2- CLEAN MAT-BORO-800D-2- ESD/COMBI MAT-BORO-800D-2- ESD/GUMMI MAT-BORO-800D-2- ESD/NM MAT-BORO-800D-2- GUMMI 275 MAT-BORO-800D-2-PU 275 MAT-BORO-800D-2/ COMBI MAT-BORO-800x600 MAT-BORO-800x600-1 MAT-BORO-800x600V MAT-BORO-800x600V1 MAT-BORO-KU-2 MAT-BORO-ZB001 MAT-BORO-ZB002 MAT-BORO-ZB003 259 278 278 278 278 268 280 280 280 273 275 275 275 274 274 274 274 275 280 MAT-BORO-ZB004 286 MAT-PD1 286 MAT-PD1-ESD 286 MAT-PD2 286 MAT-PD2-ESD 282 MAT-RW-ZB001 282 MAT-RW12X8-001 281 MAT-SD 280 MAT-STANGE 284 MAT-TAXI001 284 MAT-TAXI002 284 MAT-TAXI003 41 MAOD4110- 41 MAOD5110- 80 MB710/ 80 MB715/ 80 MB720/ 80 MB725/ 80 MB730/ 80 MB735/ 80 MB740/ 80 MB750/ 80 MB760/ 80 MB770/ 80 MB775/ 80 MB780/ 80 MB790/ 80 MB800/ 292 MONO-5S-1200 293 MONO-5S-1200-55 292 MONO-5S-1800 293 MONO-5S-1800-55 292 MONO-5S-2400 293 MONO-5S-2400-55 292 MONO-5SVB8-1200 293 MONO-5SVB8-1200-55 292 MONO-5SVB8-1800 293 MONO-5SVB8-1800-55 292 MONO-5SVB8-2400 MONO-5SVB8-2400-55 293 302 MONO-BBR-200 299 MONO-BP-1200 MONO-BP-1800 299 299 MONO-BP-2400 300 MONO-BP-55-1200 300 MONO-BP-55-1800 300 MONO-BP-55-2400 MONO-BP-55-EK 300 MONO-BP-55-EKGS-V2 300 299 MONO-EK 301 MONO-EK-AS 298 MONO-EK-HD2-40 MONO-EK-HD-55 284 299 MONO-EKGS-V2 301 MONO-HB 294 MONO-HB-SET MONO-NA-2000- 301 302 MONO-RLS 297 MONO-SB5S 297 MONO-SB5SVB8 294 MONO-SP-1200-V MONO-SP-1800-V 294 294 MONO-SP-2400-V 294 MONO-SP-EK-V 302 MONO-STOP MONO-STOP-55 302 301 MONO-SV-100
MONO-VB-2 MONO-VB-800 MONO-VB-800-W45D MONO-VB-W45D MR100-20/ MR100-25/ MR100-30/ MR100-35/ MR100-40/ MR100-50/ MR100-60/ MR100-70/ MR150-20/ MR150-25/ MR150-30/ MR150-35/ MR150-40/ MR150-50/ MR150-60/ MR150-70/ MR60-20/ MR60-25/ MR60-30/ MR60-35/ MR60-40/ MR60-50/ MR60-60/ MR60-70/ MR75-20/ MR75-25/ MR75-30/ MR75-35/ MR75-40/ MR75-50/ MR75-60/ MR75-70/ MU2230- MU2230-ESD- MU2231- MU2240- MU2240-ESD- MU2241- MU2250- MU2250-ESD- MU2251- MU2260- MU2260-ESD- MUV230- MUV231- MUV240- MUV241- MUV250- MUV251- MUV260- OT410 OT410-US-WS OT411 OT411-US-WS OT412 OT415 OT415-US-WS OT416 OT417 OT417-US-WS OT418 OT418-US-WS OT420 301 301 302 302 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 79 39 247 39 39 247 39 39 247 39 39 247 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 171 171 171 171 170 170 OT420-US-WS 170 OT430 170 OT430-US-WS 171 OT440 171 OT440-US-WS 171 OT441 171 OT441-US-WS 171 OT442 171 OT442-US-WS 171 OT443 171 OT443-US-WS 171 OT444 171 OT444-US-WS 171 OT445 171 OT445-US-WS 171 OT50 372 OX-Button 376 OX-Cloud OX-Label Classic 371 OX-Label Classic NB-IoT 371 OX-Label Flat 371 371 OX-Label Flat NB-IoT 385 OX-LAS-75060-05 385 OX-LAS-75090-05 OX-LAS-750110-05 385 385 OX-LAS-80060-01 385 OX-LAS-80090-01 385 OX-LAS-800110-01 385 OX-LAS-100060-03 OX-LAS-100090-03 385 385 OX-LAS-1000110-03 385 OX-LAS-LB60 385 OX-LAS-LB90 OX-LAS-LB110 385 388 OX-Monomover 2.0 374 OX-Sensor 378 OX-Spot Control 380 OX-Spot-40 OX-Spot-80 380 382 EOX-SPOT-80-M- 382 EOX-SPOT-M- 383 EOX-SPOT-MI- OX-STATION 296 308 PAB-1200 308 PAB-1200-V 308 PAB-2400 308 PAB-2400-V PAB-400 308 308 PAB-400-V 308 PAB-800 308 PAB-800-V 309 PAB-EK1 PAB-EK1-ESD 261 308 PAB-F-1200 308 PAB-F-1200-V 308 PAB-F-2400 PAB-F-2400-V 308 308 PAB-F-400 308 PAB-F-400-V 308 PAB-F-800 308 PAB-F-800-V PAB-FH-400 308 308 PAB-FH-400-V 308 PAB-FH-800 308 PAB-FH-800-V PAB-FH-1200 308 308 PAB-FH-1200-V PAB-FH-2400 PAB-FH-2400-V PAB-KU-400 PAB-KU-800 PAB-KU-1200 PAB-KU-2400 PAB-KU-EK PAB-SERVICE- PAB-ZW2 PAB-ZW3 PAB-ZW4 PE-SCHAUM PFH22 PKR-5S PKR-A1-200- PKR-A2-200- PKR-A3-100- PKR-A4-01-SD PKR-A4-100- PKR-A5-100- PKR-BST PKR-CH-100 PKR-CL-AP-100 PKR-CL-FS-200 PKR-CL-GH-100 PKR-CL-HK-100 PKR-CL-KK-100 PKR-CL-MAD-100 PKR-CL-MAD-200 PKR-CL-OED-100 PKR-CL-OED-200 PKR-CL-RK-100 PKR-CL-RK-200 PKR-CL-RK-35120 PKR-CL-RKW-100 PKR-CL-SHD-100 PKR-CL-SHD-200 PKR-CL-T60-100 PKR-CL-VA-100 PKR-CL-VB-100 PKR-CL-VS-100 PKR-CL-VS-200 PKR-CL-WH-100 PKR-CL-WH-200 PKR-DK PKR-DM50-02 PKR-KK PKR-MH PKR-R28 PKR-RCL-100 PKR-RCL-200 PKR-RCL90-100 PKR-RCL90-200 PKR-RES-28 PKR-RK-28 PKR-RV28 PKR-SHK PKR-SKH-30 PKR-WHB-100 R262/ R512/ R513/ R514/ RBM-MA-35 RBM-MA-35 RBM-MA-35 (ESD) RGS-400-IND 308 308 311 311 311 311 311 309 309 309 309 341 29 196 181 181 181 189 185 185 189 187 186 190 186 188 188 187 190 188 191 189 190 189 186 187 191 187 186 189 188 191 188 191 195 195 195 193 194 192 192 192 192 194 193 194 194 193 189 80 80 80 80 225 239 251 201 RGS-600-IND RGS-800-IND RGS-SF RGS-SH-60MM RS-BESEN- RS-GARNI- RS-MA-L- RS-MA-M- RS-MA-S- RS-MO-L- RS-MO-M- RS-MO-S- RS-SCHAUF- RS-SPACHT- RS-WM-L- RS-WM-M- RS-WM-S- RT-Schild-200- RT-Schild-300- RT-Schild-400- RTF-Schild-300- RTW-Schild-200- SA12 SA32 SA33 SBAM103 SBAM104 SBAM105 SBAP103 SBAP104 SBAP105 SD011- SD011-ESD- SD012- SD012-ESD- SD013- SD013-ESD- SD014- SD015- SD015-ESD- SD016- SD016-ESD- SD018- SD018-ESD- SD019- SD020- SD020-ESD- SD021- SD2M/1310- SD2M/4110- SD2M/4111- SD2M/4210- SD2M/4211- SD2M/5110- SD2M/5111- SD2M/5210- SD2M/6110- SD2M/7110- SD4M/4110- SD4M/4111- SD4M/4210- SD4M/4211- SD4M/5110- SD4M/5111- SD4M/5210- SDOD13- SDOD20- 201 201 203 203 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 316 340 340 340 342 342 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 26 244 26 244 26 244 26 30 244 26 244 26 244 26 26 244 26 36 36 37 36 37 36 37 36 36 36 36 37 36 37 36 37 36 41 41 403
VB-WA-1500-W VB-WA-1700-W VB-WA-2000-PROD VB-WA-2000-SCRUM VB-WA-2000-VERB VB-WA-2000-W VB-WA-2400-INFO VB-WR VB-WS4 VB-ZB001 VB-ZB002 VST-GRIPPER VST-GRIPPER VST-LABEL-100 VST-LABEL-200 WDH1 WPK-AP15720-SG WPK-AP17720-RW WPK-HP18717-SG WPK-HP15717-SG WÜ3-400-IND WÜ3-600-IND WÜ4-400-IND WÜ4-600-IND Z1000 Z500 Z750 219 29 214 215 216 219 212 228 229 224 229 29 66 66 66 30 367 367 367 367 202 202 202 202 167 167 167 INDEX SDSK/1310- SDSK/4110- SDSK/4210- SDSK/5110- SDSK/5210- SDSK/6110- SDSK/7110- SDVF/1310- SDVF/4110- SDVF/4111- SDVF/4210- SDVF/4211- SDVF/5110- SDVF/5111- SDVF/5210- SDVF/6110- SDO2M/4110- SDO2M/5110- SDO4M/4110- SDO4M/5110- SDOSK/4110- SDOSK/5110- SDOVF/4110- SDOVF/5110- SER113 SER114 SER115 SERM103 SERM104 SERM105 SERP113 SERP114 SERP115 SERP116 SL020-100 SL020-150 SL020-75 SL027-100 SL027-150 SL027-75 SL038-100 SL038-150 SL038-75 SL039-75-ABG SL039-100-ABG SL047-100 SL047-150 SL047-75 SL067-100 SL067-150 SL067-200 SMB520 SMB525 SMB530 SMB535 SMB540 SMB550 SMB560 SMB570 SMB575 SMB580 SMB600 STP420- SYSB- SYSB-A4-HE-242 SYSB-A4-HE-90 SYSB-A4-WH-1 404 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 36 36 37 36 37 36 37 36 36 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 176 176 176 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 65 65 68 68 68 68 68 68 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 178 160 159 159 159 SYSB-A4B- SYSB-A4B-WH-U SYSB-A4S- SYSB-A4S-WH-U SYSB-ESD-06 SYSB-FH SYSB-FH (ESD) SYSB-HE-169 SYSB-HE-169-ESD SYSB-HE-35 SYSB-HE-35-ESD SYSB-HE-35-SPERR SYSB-RS-120 SYSB-Starter-L SYSB-Starter-L-W SYSB-Starter-M SYSB-Starter-M-W SYSB-Starter-XL SYSB-Starter-XLW SYSB-WH-1 SYSB-WH-1 (ESD) SYSB-WH-4 SYSB-WH-4 (ESD) SYSB-WH-U SYSB-WH-U (ESD) SZW110 TKP-FD TKPHD1000- TKPHD600- TKPHD800- TKPLD1000- TKPLD1000-V2- TKPLD600- TKPLD600-V2- TKPLD800- TKPLD800-V2- TKPUN1000- TKPUN600- TKPUN800- VB-1000-G VB-250-G VB-350-G VB-500-G VB-700-G VB-BA-MA VB-HMS-01 VB-HMS-04 VB-HMS-05 VB-KB-A4H-88 VB-KB-A4Q-88 VB-KBM-A4H-88 VB-KBM-A4Q-88 VB-LC-500 VB-LC-700 VB-LC360-500 VB-LC360-700 VB-LP VB-SH-MA VB-SH4-MA VB-ST-1000-A VB-ST-1500-A VB-ST-1700-A VB-ST-2000-A VB-ST-HALT VB-WA-1000-THEM VB-WA-1000-W VB-WA-1200-MASCH 158 159 158 159 253 161 254 162 254 161 254 162 162 156 156 156 156 157 157 161 254 161 254 161 254 176 331 331 331 331 329 329 329 329 329 329 330 330 330 167 167 167 167 167 229 228 228 228 238 238 238 238 225 225 223 223 229 228 229 221 221 221 221 227 213 219 217
General Terms and Conditions Our offer is aimed exclusively at businesses, the retail sector, industry and institutions. Prices Pricing information: All prices are quoted in euros. Unless otherwise agreed, invoices will be issued at the prices valid on the date of delivery. Prices are net prices, excluding packaging and VAT, ex Langenfeld. Price variations: We endeavour to provide accurate and up-to-date price information. However, price variations may occur, and we reserve the right to adjust prices at our discretion and wit- hout prior notice. Errors in price quotations: Despite our best efforts, errors may occur in our price quotations, whether due to technical faults, typing errors or other unintentional causes. In the event of an obvious pricing error, we reserve the right to cancel your order or amend it to reflect the correct price. In such cases, we will notify you immediately and give you the option to confirm or cancel your order. Delivery/Shipping/Packaging Delivery is at the purchaser’s risk. Dispatch will be carried out by the method we deem most suitable and in the packaging we deem most appropriate. Any special requests shall be at the purchaser’s expense. Delivery times The delivery times stated are not binding. Delayed delivery does not entitle the customer to cancel the order or to claim damages. Complaints Any obvious defects must be reported in writing without delay, and at the latest within 8 days of receipt of the goods, enclosing the delivery note. In the event of justified complaints, we are only obliged, at the buyer’s discretion, either to grant a price reduction, to exchange the goods or to take them back and refund the purchase price. Defects in part of the delivery shall not give rise to a complaint regarding the entire delivery. The customer may only claim a price reduction, but not rescission of the contract or compensation for damages. For all self-adhesive products, given their wide range of possible applications, our technical application information does not exempt the customer from carefully testing our products on the original materials before they are approved for use. Returns of goods To avoid unnecessary costs, our consent must be obtained before returning goods. Without this consent, we reserve the right to refuse acceptance. The following are generally excluded from return or exchange: all custom-made products, printed materials, all magnetic items (e.g. MAGNETIC LABELS, bearing plates, films, -ribbons, -bags). Custom-made products/special prints When producing custom prints, we cannot accept responsibility for errors that the client has overlooked in the proof or for which the client is responsible. Any correction costs incurred shall be borne by the client. For printed matter and custom-made products, the speci- fied quantity is usually supplied. The client is obliged to accept a surplus or shortfall of up to 10 per cent of the ordered quantity. The quantity delivered will be invoiced. We reserve the right to make deviations in the composition of raw materials, paper quality, colouring and other material properties within the limits customary in the trade. Presentation / Illustrations / Trade Marks / Copyright Any changes to the presentation, packaging, blister packaging, etc. of our goods, as well as the use of our trade mark in any format, require our express consent. ORGATEX GmbH retains the copy- right and the right to reproduce, by any means and for any purpose, sketches, designs, originals, films, packaging inserts and the like. The reprinting, imitation or reproduction of ORGATEX GmbH’s products is not permitted without our consent. Similarly, the reprinting or re- production of ORGATEX GmbH’s catalogue content on e-commerce platforms, even in part, is not permitted. In the event of any infringe- ment, we reserve the right to take legal action. Printing plates, mas- ters, lithographs, copy templates and the like remain the property of ORGATEX GmbH, even if they are invoiced separately. Some of the images in our catalogue and other sales documents have been created or edited using artifi- cial intelligence (AI) and are for illustrative purposes only. The respec- tive product descriptions and technical specifications are decisive for the nature, execution and scope of delivery of our products. Minimum order value Small orders are uneconomical for both our customers and ourselves and represent a significant cost factor. Nevertheless, we have refrained from setting a minimum order value – but must, in all cases, charge a flat-rate shipping and packaging fee of 9.00 euros. Terms of payment Our invoices are payable within 30 days of the invoice date without deduction. We grant a 2 per cent discount for payment within 10 days. The contractual partner (reseller) of ORGATEX GmbH undertakes to also inform its customers, who do not pay the purchase price in full and in cash immediately, of ORGATEX GmbH’s retention of title. The goods delivered remain our property until full payment has been made. The handing over of bills of exchange does not constitute payment. Place of jurisdiction The place of performance and place of jurisdiction for both contracting parties is Langenfeld. 405
MORE THAN JUST PRODUCTS Discover the world of ORGATEX. In our shop, you’ll fi nd more than just innovative solutions for lean management and intralogistics. Benefi t from practical blog posts, expert knowledge, services and the latest e-catalogue. Be inspired and fi nd the right solution for your processes. Blog E-catalogue Services Practical knowledge and tips from experts. Discover all our products online. Comprehensive support. Advice Personal. Expert. Individual. DISCOVER NOW orgatex.com Rapid availability. Proven solutions. Expert advice. 406
INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS Globally connected. Here for you locally. Our international sales partners provide you with Lean and Visual Management solutions directly on site. Benefit from personalised advice in your own language, efficient delivery channels and practical expertise. Find your ORGATEX partner now. Local presence Your language Short distances Know-how Direct points of contact. Personal Consultation. Efficient delivery processes. Practical Solutions. DISCOVER NOW orgatex.com Fast response time Global network International expertise 407